alamogordo campus student union kitchen...

156
prepared by: regenerating architecture PROJECT MANUAL and SPECIFICATIONS July 08, 2016 edi Project No. 16017 for: NMSU Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovation DESIGN DEVELOPMENT DRAFT NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

Upload: others

Post on 25-Jun-2020

4 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

prepared by:

regenerating architecture

PROJECT MANUAL and SPECIFICATIONS

July 08, 2016 edi Project No. 16017

for:

NMSU Alamogordo Campus

Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DESIGN DEVELOPMENT DRAFT

NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

Page 2: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

i

INDEX TO PROJECT MANUAL & SPECIFICATIONS NMSU Alamogordo Student Union Kitchen Renovation PREBID INFORMATION REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL INFORMATION UNDER SEPARATE COVER; ITB# 201501051-P

NOTE THIS IS A PUBLIC WORKS PROJECT; WAGE RATE DECISION UNDER SEPARATE COVER

SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 1000 SUMMARY OF WORK

SECTION 01 2300 ALTERNATES

SECTION 01 2500 PROJECT PROCEDURES

SECTION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE

SECTION 01 3300 SUBMITTALS

SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES

SECTION 01 6000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01 7419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

SECTION 01 7700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

DIVISION 02 - SITE WORK SECTION 02 4119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE SECTION 03 3053 MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE

DIVISION 05 – METALS SECTION 05 3100 STEEL DECK

SECTION 05 5000 METAL FABRICATIONS

DIVISION 06 - WOOD AND PLASTICS SECTION 06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY

SECTION 06 4113 ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07 6200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

SECTION 07 7200 ROOF ACCESSORIES

SECTION 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS

Page 3: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

ii

DIVISION 08 - DOORS AND WINDOWS SECTION 08 1113 HM DOORS AND FRAMES

SECTION 08 1416 WOOD DOORS

SECTION 08 3113 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES

SECTION 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE

SECTION 08 8000 GLAZING

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES SECTION 09 2216 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

SECTION 09 2900 GYPSUM BOARD

SECTION 09 5113 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS

SECTION 09 9120 PAINTING

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES SECTION 10 1423 PANEL SIGNAGE

DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT SECTION 11 4000 FOODSERVICES EQUIPMENT

DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS SECTION 12 3661 SIMULATED STONE COUNTERTOPS

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING SECTION 22 1116 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

SECTION 22 1316 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTALATING & AIR CONDITIONING SECTION 23 0000 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC

SECTION 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

SECTION 23 3113 METAL DUCTS

DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL SECTION 26 5100 SUMMARY OF WORK

Page 4: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1000-1

SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division-01 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

B. Division 01 Section - ALTERNATES 1.02 PROJECT/WORK IDENTIFICATION

A. General: Name of project is NMSU Alamogordo, Student Union Kitchen Renovation, located in New Mexico as described on Contract Documents by the Architect Environmental Dynamics Inc. Drawings and Specifications are dated September XX, 2016. The site is located at 2400 Scenic Drive in Alamogordo, New Mexico 88310.

B. Description: Base Bid work as shown on drawings (see Section 01 0300 for alternates) –

Summary as follows:

1. Remove portions of existing storage and snack bar area. 2. Install new walls, soffit and ceiling grid as indicated on Drawings

3. Provide new kitchen equipment and rooftop units for rated exhaust hood

4. Provide new grease trap and other plumbing fixtures – note that the floor of the Student Union Building is elevated above an existing drainage path.

5. Replace existing fluorescent light fixtures with LED fixtures and modification of lighting controls

6. Other work indicated on the Drawings and in the Specifications

C. Summary by References: Work of Contract can be summarized by reference to the Contract, specification sections as listed in the “Index of Specifications Sections” bound herewith, Drawings as listed in “Drawing Index” found on drawing sheet T-101, addenda and modifications to the Contract Documents issued subsequent to the initial printing of the Project Manual.

1.03 COORDINATION AND QUALITY CONTROL

A. General: The Work of this contract includes coordination of entire work of project including preparation of general coordination drawings/diagrams/schedules and control of site utilization from the beginning of activity through the project close-out and warranty periods.

B. Familiarity with Plans: All trades shall be responsible for work in their respective trade

regardless of where references appear. For example, should electrical work appear on an architectural drawing, the electrical contractor will be held responsible for its completion; etc. All contractors should be thoroughly familiar with all plans and specifications sections and the work of all other trades to assure complete coverage and system interface.

C. The Contractor shall warrant and guarantee all workmanship, labor and materials performed

and supplied by him or his subcontractors, for a period of one (1) year from the date of completion as evidenced by date of Architect’s Final Certificate of Payment of this contract. This also includes all labor required for replacing materials or equipment found to be defective within the one (1) year period.

1.05 MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS:

A. Substitution of Equipment: Any substitution of equipment makes other than those specifically named in the Contract Documents will be approved by the Architect and Owner for the

Page 5: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SUMMARY OF WORK

01 1000 - 2

following reasons only:

1. In case of a difference in price, the Owner shall receive all benefits of the difference in cost involved in any substitution, and the Contract altered by Change Order to credit Owner with any savings so obtained.

B. Permits, Taxes, and Codes: Contractor shall secure and pay for all building permits and all

taxes or fees required for performance of this work. A Building Permit is required. All work shall be executed in accordance with the local and state codes, ordinances, and regulations governing the particular class of work involved. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final execution of the work to suit these requirements. On completion of the various parts of the work, the installation shall be tested, as required by the constituted authorities and approved, and, on completion of the work, the Contractor shall obtain and deliver to the Owner final Certificates of Acceptance. The Contractor shall furnish copies of each certificate to the Architect.

C. Mechanical/Electrical Requirements of General Work:

1. Refer to Division-15 and Division-16 sections for characteristics of mechanical and

electrical services to be connected to units of general work, and provide units manufactured/fabricated for proper connection and utilization of available services as indicated.

2. Service Connections: Except as otherwise indicated, final connection of mechanical services to general work is defined as mechanical work, and final connection of electrical services to general work is defined as electrical work.

3. Electrical Requirements: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with applicable provisions of NEC and standards by NEMA, for electrical components of general work. Provide UL listed and labeled products where applicable.

D. Schedule: See General Conditions in RFP.

E. The Contractor’s request for payment shall conform with General Conditions in RFP.

F. Inspection Benchmarks: The contractor shall give four (4) working days notice to the

Architect or Owners’ Representative prior to commencing each major item listed in 1.02 B above for comparison with the project schedule. The Contractor is to take photographs of major work items done each week and email images to the Architects office. If no activity has occurred on the site, document reason why and submit in lieu of photographs.

G. List of Subcontractors: Prior to the commencement of any work, the Contractor shall submit,

for the Owner’s review and approval, a list of all Subcontractors and Materials Suppliers to be used on the Project. Any deviation from this list during construction shall first be approved, in writing, by the Owner.

H. Submittals: The Contractor, prior to the execution of any work shall submit for review shop

drawings, product data, samples, warranties, color charts, and other information as noted on the submittal requirements chart or in the drawings. Following review of these Submittals by the Architect/Engineer/Owner and subsequent remarks, the Contractor may begin remaining work. A log of required Submittals is included in this manual.

1. Scheduling: All Submittals are to be transmitted to the Architect/Engineer within 15

calendar days of the owner/contractor agreement. 2. Action: Architect/Engineer shall review each submittal, mark with required “action” and

return within 2 weeks of submission, including resubmittals. Contractor shall resubmit within 7 calendar days of receipt of reviewed submittal.

3. Other Submittal: For quality control, such as soils testing, concrete testing, etc. shall be

Page 6: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SUMMARY OF WORK 01 1000-3

submitted as results are available.

I. Temporary Facilities (coordinate requirements and locations with Owner):

1. Quality: Comply with governing regulations and the rules and regulations of local franchised utility companies and enforced Building Code, latest edition.

2. General Job Condition: Establish and initiate use of each temporary facility at time first reasonably required for proper performance of the work, and remove facilities when no longer needed or when permanent facilities have replaced the need.

3. Services: Types may include, but are not limited to, potable water, sewerage, electrical power and telephones. Where possible and reasonable, connect to existing franchised utilities for required services or engage service companies to install services. Locate and relocate services, as necessary, to minimize interference with construction operations.

4. Security/Protection Provisions: Types may include, but are not limited to, fire protection (fire extinguishers, etc.), barricades, warning sign/lights, work area lock-up (temporary, building enclosures and lockup), and similar provisions intended to minimize property losses, personal injuries and claims for damages at project site. Provide security/protection services in a manner to achieve 24-hour, 7-day-per-week effectiveness, coordinated with the construction activities.

5. Temporary Support Facilities: Types include, but are not limited to, field office, storage sheds, first aid facilities, telephone, project identification sign, and similar miscellaneous general services, all as may be reasonably required for proficient performance of the work and accommodation of personnel at the site, including Owner’s and Architect’s/Engineer’s personnel. Discontinue and remove these facilities immediately before time of substantial completion. Locate these facilities for convenience of users, and for minimum interference with construction activities.

END OF SECTION

Page 7: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

ALTERNATES 01 2300 - 1

SECTION 01 2300 - ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide list price for additive alternates as requested in construction documents. Include credit for all Work associated with the Alternate no matter where it appears on the Drawings or Specifications. Include related costs such as overhead and profit.

ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 1 - All work associated with re-painting all remaining turquoise trim in Student Union Building. ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 2 – Move the following equipment from Owner provided to KEC provided: Popcorn Popper, Soda and Ice Beverage Dispenser, Ice Maker, Wall Filter Assembly System, menu board,

ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 3 – Substitute the 6 reach in refrigeration units with complete walk-in cooler / freezer boxes

ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 4 - All work associated with replacing all flooring in Servery and Kitchen/Office/Restroom area with new vinyl composition tile ADDITIVE ALTERNATE 5 - Remove existing carpet and VCT in Hall 109 and replace with new luxury vinyl tile, Elements line by LSI or approved equal

. B. Owner will determine which alternates are selected for inclusion in the Contract.

C. Coordinate alternates with related work to ensure that work affected by each selected alternate is

properly accomplished.

D. Contractor shall justify all claims for costs associated with the above list of Allowances by providing substantiating documentation of existing conditions requiring remediation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Recycled contents, salvaged, rapidly renewable or otherwise resource efficient products are specified in appropriate sections.

B. Regional materials are specified in appropriate sections.

C. Low or no-VOC compliant products are specified in appropriate sections.

PART 3 – EXECUTION – Not Applicable To This Section

END OF SECTION

Page 8: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PROJECT PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 1

SECTION 01 2500 - PROJECT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide coordination of work.

1. Supervisory personnel. 2. Preconstruction conference. 3. Construction Meetings twice a month; distribute minutes. 4. Other meetings.

B. Submit monthly and special reports.

C. Submit progress schedule, bar-chart type, updated monthly.

D. Prepare submittal schedule; coordinate with progress schedule.

E. Submit schedule of values.

F. Submit schedule of required tests including payment and responsibility.

G. Perform surveys:

1. Laying out the work and verifying locations during construction. 2. Final site survey.

H. Submit and post a list of emergency telephone numbers and address for individuals to be

contacted in case of emergency.

I. Submit record drawings and specifications; to be maintained and annotated by Contractor as work progresses.

J. Submit payment request procedures.

K. Perform quality control during installation.

L. Clean and protect the work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable To This Section PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Applicable To This Section

END OF SECTION

Page 9: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 01 3200-1

SECTION 01 3200– Construction Progress Documentation PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Preliminary schedule.

B. Construction progress schedule.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01100 - Summary: Project Procedures

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Immediately after Notice to Proceed, submit cut sheets for roof top chiller unit.

B. Within 14 days after Notice to Proceed, submit preliminary schedule defining planned operations for the first 30 days of Work, with a general outline for remainder of Work.

C. If preliminary schedule requires revision after review, submit revised schedule within 10 days.

D. Within 15 days after review of preliminary schedule, submit draft of proposed complete schedule for review.

E. Submit updated schedule with each Application for Payment.

F. Submit the documents in .pdf format or provide number of opaque reproductions that the Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by Environmental Dynamics, Inc.

G. Submit under transmittal letterhead noting relevant specification section.

1.04 SCHEDULE FORMAT

A. Format: Bar or Critical Path Method

B. Listings: In chronological order according to the start date for each activity. Identify each activity with the applicable specification section number.

C. Diagram Sheet Size: Maximum 22 x 17 inches or width required.

D. Sheet Size: Multiples of 8-1/2 x 11 inches.

PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CONTENT

A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction.

B. Identify each item by specification section number.

C. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month.

D. Indicate delivery dates for owner-furnished products.

E. Provide legend for symbols and abbreviations used.

Page 10: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 01 3200-2

3.02 BAR CHARTS

A. Include a separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation.

B. Identify the first work day of each week.

3.04 REVIEW AND EVALUATION OF SCHEDULE

A. Participate in joint review and evaluation of schedule with Environmental Dynamics, Inc. at each submittal.

B. Evaluate project status to determine work behind schedule and work ahead of schedule.

C. After review, revise as necessary as result of review, and resubmit within 10 days.

3.05 UPDATING SCHEDULE

A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities.

B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity.

C. Annotate diagrams to graphically depict current status of Work.

D. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes.

E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion.

F. Submit reports required to support recommended changes.

3.06 DISTRIBUTION OF SCHEDULE

A. Distribute copies of updated schedules to Contractor’s project site file, to Subcontractors, suppliers, Environmental Dynamics, Inc., Owner, and other concerned parties.

B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections shown in schedules.

END OF SECTION

Page 11: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SUBMITTALS 01 3300 - 1

SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide types of submittals listed in individual sections and number of copies required. (Number of copies can be modified during pre-construction meeting agreements)

1. Shop drawings and Product data, reviewed and annotated by the Contractor – emailed to

Architect’s representative in pdf format for all 8.5”x11 or 11 x 17 documents. Copies to be mailed to Architect’s office for required larger format drawings. Architect will keep 2 copies and return remaining sets. Architect will mark up a maximum of 3 large document copies for return to Contractor;

2. Samples – 2 sets, plus extra samples as required to indicate range of color, finish, and texture to be expected.

3. Mock-ups - as required in the individual sections. 4. Inspection and test reports (pdf format) 5. Survey data - (pdf format) 6. Warranties and Closeout submittals - 2 copies min.

B. Comply with project format for submittals.

C. Provide required resubmittals if original submittals are not approved. Provide distribution of approved copies including modifications after submittals have been approved. All alternates must go through the submittal process. No field changes will be allowed.

D. Samples and shop drawings shall be prepared specifically for this project. Shop drawings shall

include dimensions and details, including adjacent construction and related work. Note any special coordination required. Note any deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents.

1. Submittal of the Architect’s or Engineer’s original construction drawings as a shop drawing submittal will not be accepted.

2. The Architect will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect’s action will be taken with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect’s professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect’s review of the Contractor’s submittals shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component.

3. The Architect will provide a maximum of two reviews on each submittal

E. Provide warranties as specified; warranties shall not limit length of time for remedy of damages Owner may have by legal statute. Warranties shall be signed by contractor, supplier or installer responsible for performance of warranty.

F. See Submittal Requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable To This Section PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Applicable To This Section

END OF SECTION

Page 12: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01 5000 - 1

SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Division 01 Section; CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT 1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide temporary services and utilities, including utility costs:

1. Toilet facilities. 2. Materials storage. 3. Recycling & refuse bins and/or enclosures

B. Provide construction facilities, including utility costs:

1. Construction equipment. 2. Enclosures. 3. Access.

C. Provide security and protection requirements:

1. Site enclosure fence, barricades, warning signs, and lights. 2. Building enclosure and lock-up. 3. Environmental protection.

D. Provide personnel support facilities if required:

1. Contractor's field office. 2. Sanitary facilities. 3. Drinking water. 4. Project identification sign. 5. Cleaning and trash removal.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable To This Section PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Applicable To This Section

END OF SECTION

Page 13: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000-1

SECTION 01 6000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide products from one manufacturer for each type or kind as applicable. Provide secondary materials as recommended by manufacturers of primary materials.

B. Provide products selected or approved equal when allowable. Products submitted for substitution

shall be submitted with acceptable documentation and include costs of substitution including related work.

C. Request for substitution must be in writing. Conditions for substitution include:

1. An 'or equal' phrase in the specifications or drawings. 2. Specified material cannot be coordinated with other work. 3. Specified material is not acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Substantial advantage is offered to the Owner in terms of cost, time, or other valuable

consideration.

D. Substitutions shall be submitted prior to award of contract, unless otherwise acceptable. Approval of shop drawings, product data, or samples is not a substitution approval unless clearly presented as a substitution at the time of submittal.

E. Substitutions requiring extensive redesign, coordination, or detailing on the Architect/Engineer’s

part (more than two (2) hours or more than two (2) affected drawing sheets, will be billed hourly or by approved lump sum per substitution to the Contractor.

1.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Prior Approval Requests (during bidding): Submit electronically each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.

1. Substitution Request Form: Use Summary form approved by the Architect which, along with Documentation, contains at a minimum the required information below:

a. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution.

b. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified.

c. Product Data

d. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested.

e. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated.

2. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation.

a. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.

Page 14: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 2

3. Architect/Engineer’s review and acceptance of Prior Approvals is not a substitution for product data submittals under section 1.2 and acceptance is for the manufacturer only; profile, color, dimensions and other product selection information will be provided on the final product submittal by the selected Contractor.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.

B. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

C. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.

1.For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns.

D. Indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.02 NEW PRODUCTS

A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents.

B. Do not use products having any of the following characteristics: 1. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's. 2. Made of wood from newly cut old growth timber.

C. Where all other criteria are met, Contractors shall give preference to products that: 1. Are extracted, harvested, and/or manufactured closer to the location of the project. 2. Have longer documented life span under normal use. 3. Result in less construction waste. 4. Are made of vegetable materials that are rapidly renewable.

D. Locally-Sourced Products: 1. Where possible:

a. Locally-Manufactured Products: Provide a minimum of 20 percent of all products manufactured (final assembly) within a radius of 500 miles from the project site.

b. Primary Materials: Provide a minimum of 50 percent of the locally manufactured products also extracted, harvested, or recovered within a radius of 500 miles from the project site.

2. Specific Product Categories: Provide locally-sourced products as specified elsewhere.

G. Urea-Formaldehyde Prohibition: 1. Overall Project Requirement: Provide composite wood and agrifiber products having no

added urea-formaldehyde resins. a. Require each installer to certify compliance and submit product data showing product

content. 2. Specific Product Categories: Comply with limitations specified elsewhere.

H. Adhesives: 1. Specific Product Categories: Comply with limitations specified elsewhere.

Page 15: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000-3

I. Joint Sealants, Including Duct Sealers: 1. Specific Product Categories: Comply with limitations specified elsewhere.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES

A. Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable.

B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents.

C. A request for substitution constitutes a representation that the submitter: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality

level of the specified product. 2. Will provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the

Work to be complete with no additional cost to Client. 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subsequently become

apparent.

F. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without separate written request, or when acceptance will require revision to the Contract Documents.

G. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of request for substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one

proposed substitution. 2. Submit shop drawings, product data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed

product equivalence. Burden of proof is on proposer. 3. Environmental Dynamics, Inc. will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject

request.

3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING

A. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials.

B. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

C. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas.

D. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.

E. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

F. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.

3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION

A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication.

B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.

Page 16: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01 6000 - 4

D. Store sensitive products in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product.

E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.

F. Provide bonded off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection.

G. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products.

H. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining.

I. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

J. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.

END OF SECTION

Page 17: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

01 7419-1

SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

B. Related Sections:

1. Division 02 Section "Site Clearing" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse.

E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility.

F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of all materials in project scope.

3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site.

2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.

B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Transport waste materials and dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner's

property. D. Disposal: Transport waste materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

END OF SECTION

Page 18: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1

SECTION 01 7700 – CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. The following are prerequisites to substantial completion. Provide the following:

1. Punch list. 2. Supporting documentation. 3. Warranties. 4. Operation and Maintenance Materials. 5. Certifications. 6. Certificate of Occupancy permit. 7. Start-up and testing of building systems. 8. Change over of locks. 9. As-built drawings.

B. Provide the following prerequisites to final acceptance:

1. Final payment request with supporting affidavits. 2. Completed punch list.

C. Provide a marked-up set of drawings including changes which occurred during construction.

D. Provide the following closeout procedures:

1. Submission of record documents. 2. Submission of maintenance manuals. 3. Training and turnover to Owner's personnel. 4. Final cleaning and touch-up. 5. Removal of temporary facilities. 6. Demonstration and Training of new or modified equipment or systems. Provide video

documentation of training session for more complicated systems and as requested by Owner PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Applicable To This Section PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Applicable To This Section

END OF SECTION

Page 19: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 02 - SITE WORK NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 1

SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL

A. Definitions: As follows:

1. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged,

or to remain the Owner's property. 2. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property.

Remove and deliver to Owner's designated storage area. 3. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare them for

reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in locations indicated. 4. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during

selective demolition. When permitted by the Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations.

B. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to

remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option.

C. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site

improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations. D. Record drawings at Project closeout according to Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout."

1. Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or

mechanical conditions. E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting selective

demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. F. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted. G. Protect supply and return ductwork from introduction of contaminants during demolition and

construction. Coordinate with Owner for replacement of filters at project closeout. H. Cutting: Use cutting tools, not chopping tools. Make neat holes. Minimize damage to adjacent work.

Check for concealed utilities and structure before cutting. 1.02 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 1.03 EXECUTION

A. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural

deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition.

B. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition activities. C. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during

selective demolition operations.

Page 20: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 02 - SITE WORK NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 2

D. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, shut off, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services

serving building to be selectively demolished. 1. Where utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide bypass

connections to maintain continuity of service to other parts of the building before proceeding with selective demolition.

E. Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids,

flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations. G. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets,

walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. H. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings, facilities,

and site improvements to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area. 1. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between demolition and removal of existing

construction, on exterior surfaces and new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas.

2. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain and are exposed during selective demolition operations.

3. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. J. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and

prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively demolished. L. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. M. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition. N. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as

indicated. During demolition, protect adjacent areas and HVAC system from dust and debris with temporary enclosures.

O. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective

demolition operations. P. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. Q. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to

remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. R. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extend

one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. S. Patch, repair, or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform

appearance. T. Disposal: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate

on-site. Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. U. Sweep the building broom clean on completion of selective demolition operation.

END OF SECTION

Page 21: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053 - 1

SECTION 03 3053 – MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specifications, apply to work specified in this section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide cast-in-place concrete for general building construction, including, without limitation:

1. Light Pole bases 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval shop drawings, product data, mix design proposed for use, mock-ups, test reports. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Standards:

1. ACI 301, Specifications for structural Concrete for Buildings. 2. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete, and CRSI Manual of Standard

Practice. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Concrete Design Mixes, ASTM C 94, 28 Day Compressive Strength: 1. Foundations, and Footings: 3000 psi. 2. Slabs on Grade and Paving Base: 3000 psi. 3. Exterior Site Concrete and Pads Exposed to Weather: 4000 psi.

B. Reinforcing Materials:

1. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed, except stirrups and ties shall be ASTM A615 Grade 40.

2. Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, plain, cold-drawn steel. 3. Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. 4. Fiber Reinforcement: Virgin polypropylene fibers with antimicrobial preservative as manufactured by

Fibermesh or equal 5. Supports for reinforcement: Provide supports for reinforcement including bolsters, chairs, spacers

and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise acceptable.

C. Concrete Materials: ASTM C 150, Type I, Portland cement; potable water.

1. Normal weight aggregates, ASTM C 33.

. Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete.

Page 22: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

MISCELLANEOUS CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3053 - 2

2. Light weight aggregates, ASTM C 330. . Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete.

3. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II unless otherwise acceptable to Architect. . Use one brand of cement throughout project, unless otherwise acceptable to Architect.

4. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Type F. . Limit use of fly ash to not exceed 25% of cement content by weight.

5. Water: . Use only potable water.

D. Concrete Admixtures: Containing less than 0.1 percent chloride ions.

1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A, for placement and workability. 2. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture, Super Plasticizer: ASTM C 494, Type F or G for

placement and workability. 3. Water-Reducing, Non-Chloride Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E for placement and

workability. 4. Water-Reducing, Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D for placement and workability.

E. Auxiliary Materials:

1. Reglets: Galvanized sheet steel reglets, minimum 26 gage (.018 inch). 2. Waterstops: Rubber or PVC waterstops. 3. Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 154 polyethylene sheet, 8 mils. 4. Epoxy Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component material.

H. Concrete Hardener 1. Ashford Formula by Curecrete (801) 489-5663. Install in strict accordance with manufacturer

instructions.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with ASTM C 94. Do not change mix design without approval. Calcium chloride admixtures are not permitted.

B. Chamfer exposed edges/corners.

C. Tolerance: Plus 1/8" in 10' for grade, alignment, and straightness.

D. Construction Joints: Use keyways, continue reinforcement through joint.

E. Expansion Joints: For exterior work locate 30' o.c. at approved locations. Provide smooth dowels

across joint which permit 1" horizontal movement and no vertical shear movement.

F. Isolation Joints: Provide between asphalt and slabs and vertical elements.

G. Concrete Finishes:

1. Trowel: Hard, smooth, uniform surface

H. Cure and protect work. Report defective work in writing. END OF SECTION

Page 23: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

STEEL DECKING 05 3100 - 1

SECTION 05 3100 - STEEL DECKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide steel floor and roof deck units: 1. Steel roof deck (if required at patched areas). 2. Composite steel floor deck (if required at patched areas).

1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Reference Standards:

1. Qualification of Field Welders: Welders shall be certified in accordance with AWS D1.3 within the last 12 months.

2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard Specification, latest edition.

a. A 653-08, Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural

(Physical) Quality b. A 1008-08, Steel,Cold-Rolled Sheet, Carbon, Structural Quality

3. American Welding Society (AWS), latest edition.

a. D1.3-06, Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel

4. Steel Deck Institute.

a. SDI Design Manual for Floor Decks and Roof Decks

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for each type of decking and accessories.

B. Shop Drawings: Submit detailed drawings showing layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details,

and conditions requiring closure panels, supplementary framing, sump pans, cant strips, cut openings, special jointing or other accessories. Shop Drawings shall not be made by reproduction of the Contract Drawings.

1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Support metal deck above ground on skids, pallets, platforms or other supports.

B. Protect metal deck from damage.

C. Store packaged materials in original unbroken package or container. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Steel Materials and Finish: 1. Type: Steel for painted metal deck, ASTM A 1008, Grade C. 2. Type: Steel for galvanized metal deck, ASTM A 653, Grade A, G 90 coating. 3. Type: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, ASTM A 792, Grade 33, AZ 50. 4. Steel Shapes: ASTM A 36. 5. Shear Connectors: Headed stud type, ASTM A 108.

Page 24: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

STEEL DECKING 05 3100 - 2

6. Sheet Metal Accessories: ASTM A 653, G 60, commercial quality, galvanized. 7. Galvanizing: ASTM A 525, G60. 8. Galvanizing Repair: ASTM A 780. 9. Paint: Rust-inhibitive paint.

B. Auxiliary Materials:

1. Metal cover plates. 2. Metal closure strips. 3. Flexible closure strips.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 COORDINATION

A. All edge angle shall be in place with proper attachment prior to installation of metal deck. All roof and floor opening frames shall be installed prior to deck installation.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. General: Install deck units and accessories in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and final shop drawings, and as specified herein. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of structural members.

B. Place deck units on supporting steel framework and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned

and bearing on supporting members before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side lap interlocks.

C. Place deck units in straight alignment for entire length of run.

D. Place deck units flat and square, secured to adjacent framing without warp or excessive deflection.

E. Lap ends of deck units a minimum of 2" over supports.

F. Place deck units to permit proper attachment to the perimeter deck angle.

G. Do not use deck units for storage or working platforms until permanently secured.

H. Cut and neatly fit deck units and accessories around other work projecting through or adjacent to the

decking, as shown.

I. Fasten deck units to steel supporting members by plug welds as shown on the structural drawings.

J. Fasten side laps of units as called for on the structural drawings.

K. Care shall be exercised in the selection of electrodes and amperage to provide positive welds and to prevent high amperage blowholes.

L. Comply with AWS D1.3 requirements and procedures.

M. Provide additional metal reinforcement and closure pieces as required for strength, continuity of

decking and support of other work shown.

N. Install closure strips at all locations as recommended by the manufacturer to provide a complete installation.

O. Provide cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, abraded areas and rust spots, as required for all

exposed areas after erection and before proceeding with field painting. END OF SECTION

Page 25: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 1

SECTION 05 5000 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 2. Shelf angles. 3. Miscellaneous steel trim.

B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following:

1. Loose steel lintels. 2. Anchor bolts, steel pipe sleeves, slotted-channel inserts, and wedge-type inserts

indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. 3. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete for applications where they

are not specified in other Sections.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Prefabricated building columns. 2. Metal nosings and treads. 3. Paint products. 4. Grout.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design ladders.

B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.

1. Temperature Change: [120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces].

Page 26: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 2

2.2 METALS

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.

B. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of preconsumer recycled content not less than [25] percent.

C. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

D. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, [Type 304] or [Type 316L].

E. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, cold-formed steel tubing.

F. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.

G. Zinc-Coated Steel Wire Rope: ASTM A 741.

1. Wire-Rope Fittings: Hot-dip galvanized-steel connectors with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to minimum breaking strength of wire rope with which they are used.

H. Cast Iron: Either gray iron, ASTM A 48/A 48M, or malleable iron, ASTM A 47/A 47M, unless otherwise indicated.

I. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), Alloy 6063-T6.

J. Aluminum-Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/B 632M, Alloy 6061-T6.

K. Aluminum Castings: ASTM B 26/B 26M, Alloy 443.0-F.

L. Bronze Extrusions: ASTM B 455, Alloy UNS No. C38500 (extruded architectural bronze).

M. Bronze Castings: ASTM B 584, Alloy UNS No. C83600 (leaded red brass) or No. C84400 (leaded semired brass).

N. Nickel Silver Castings: ASTM B 584, Alloy UNS No. C97600 (20 percent leaded nickel bronze).

2.3 FASTENERS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide [Type 304] stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941 (ASTM F 1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.

1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel.

Page 27: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 3

3. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening nickel silver. 4. Provide bronze fasteners for fastening bronze.

B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Low-Emitting Materials: Paints and coatings shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Public Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers."

B. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with included Division 09 Sections as applicable.

C. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.

1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer.

D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.

E. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.

F. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107/C 1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

G. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for normal-weight, air-entrained, concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa).

2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

C. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

Page 28: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 4

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and

blended.

D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

E. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

F. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends and corners of units and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.

B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.

C. Fabricate steel girders for wood frame construction from continuous steel shapes of sizes indicated.

1. Where wood nailers are attached to girders with bolts or lag screws, drill or punch holes at 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.

D. Fabricate steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction from steel pipe with steel baseplates and top plates as indicated. Drill or punch baseplates and top plates for anchor and connection bolts and weld to pipe with fillet welds all around. Make welds the same size as pipe wall thickness unless otherwise indicated.

2.7 METAL LADDERS

A. General:

1. Comply with ANSI A14.3[, except for elevator pit ladders]. 2. For elevator pit ladders, comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

B. Steel Ladders:

1. Space siderails [16 inches (406 mm)] [18 inches (457 mm)] apart unless otherwise indicated.

2. Siderails: Continuous, [3/8-by-2-1/2-inch (9.5-by-64-mm)] [1/2-by-2-1/2-inch (12.7-by-64-mm)] steel flat bars, with eased edges.

Page 29: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 5

3. Rungs: [3/4-inch- (19-mm-) diameter] [3/4-inch- (19-mm-) square] [1-inch- (25-mm-) diameter] [1-inch- (25-mm-) square] steel bars.

4. Fit rungs in centerline of siderails; plug-weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. 5. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung. 6. Galvanize [exterior ]ladders, including brackets. 7. Prime [exterior ]ladders, including brackets and fasteners, with [zinc-rich

primer.] [primer specified in Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings."]

2.8 LADDER SAFETY CAGES

A. Fabricate ladder safety cages to comply with ANSI A14.3. Assemble by welding or with stainless-steel fasteners.

B. Provide primary hoops at tops and bottoms of cages and spaced not more than 20 feet (6 m) o.c. Provide secondary intermediate hoops spaced not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. between primary hoops.

C. Galvanize steel ladder safety cages, including brackets and fasteners.

D. Prime steel ladder safety cages, including brackets and fasteners, with [zinc-rich primer.] [primer specified in Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings."]

2.9 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM

A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible.

B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work.

C. Galvanize [exterior ]miscellaneous steel trim.

D. Prime [exterior ]miscellaneous steel trim with [zinc-rich primer.] [primer specified in Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings."]

2.10 METAL BOLLARDS

A. Fabricate metal bollards from [Schedule 40 steel pipe] [Schedule 80 steel pipe] [1/4-inch (6.4-mm) wall-thickness rectangular steel tubing] [steel shapes, as indicated].

1. Cap bollards with 1/4-inch- (6.4-mm-) thick steel plate.

B. Fabricate bollards with 3/8-inch- (9.5-mm-) thick steel baseplates for bolting to concrete slab. Drill baseplates at all four corners for 3/4-inch (19-mm) anchor bolts.

C. Fabricate sleeves for bollard anchorage from steel [pipe] [or] [tubing] with 1/4-inch- (6.4-mm-) thick steel plate welded to bottom of sleeve.

Page 30: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 6

D. Prime bollards with [zinc-rich primer.] [primer specified in Section 099600 "High-Performance Coatings."]

2.11 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES

A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete.

2.12 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

2.13 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.

B. Shop prime iron and steel items[ not indicated to be galvanized] unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated.

1. Shop prime with [universal shop primer]

C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with [SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."]

1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3,

"Commercial Blast Cleaning." 3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Section 099600 "High-

Performance Coatings": SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 4. Other Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."

D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

Page 31: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 7

B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended

so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction.

E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.

3.2 INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS

A. Fill metal-capped bollards solidly with concrete and allow concrete to cure seven days before installing.

B. Anchor bollards to existing construction with [expansion anchors] [anchor bolts] [through bolts]. Provide four 3/4-inch (19-mm) bolts at each bollard unless otherwise indicated.

C. Anchor bollards in concrete [with pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete] [in formed or core-drilled holes]. Fill annular space around bollard solidly with nonshrink grout.

D. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured.

E. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface to shed water.

3.3 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES

A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates.

B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with nonshrink grout. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain.

Page 32: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 05 - METALS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 5000 - 8

3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.

END OF SECTION 055000

Page 33: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 1

SECTION 06 1000 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Rough carpentry includes carpentry work not specified as part of other sections and which is generally not exposed, except as otherwise indicated.

B. Provide rough carpentry:

1. Wood grounds, nailers, and blocking. 2. Sheathing.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval product data and shop drawings.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Lumber Standards and Grade Stamps: U.S. Product Standard PS 20, American Softwood Lumber

Standard and inspection agency grade stamps.

C. Construction Panel Standards: PS 1, U.S. Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood; APA PRP-108.

D. Preservative Treatment: AWPA C2 for lumber and AWPA C9 for plywood; waterborne pressure

treatment. Provide for wood in contact with soil, concrete, masonry, roofing, flashing, dampproofing and waterproofing.

.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide wood for support of attachment of other work including cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking, furring, grounds stripping and similar members. Provide lumber of sizes indicated, worked into shapes shown, and as follows:

1. Moisture Content: 19 percent maximum for wood items not specified to receive wood preservative

treatment. 2. Grade: Common grade light framing, No. 2 Common or Standard grade boards per WCLIB or

WWPA rules or No. 2 boards per SPIB rules.

Page 34: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

ROUGH CARPENTRY 06 1000 - 2

B. Construction Panels: Comply with PS 1 “US Produce Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood” for plywood panels and, for products not manufactured under PS 1 provisions, with American Plywood Associates (APA) “Performance Standard and Policies for Structural-Use Panels”, Form No. E445.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Wood framing: Comply with recommendations of NFPA Manual for House Framing, NFPA Recommended Nailing Schedule, and NFPA National Design Specifications for Wood Construction.

B. Plywood and OSB: Comply with recommendations of APA Design and Construction Guide - Residential

and Commercial.

C. Provide nailers, blocking and grounds where required. Set work plumb, level and accurately cut.

D. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with other work.

E. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for cutting, handling, fastening and working treated materials.

F. Restore damaged components. Protect work from damage.

G. Comply with recommendations of ANSI/AITC A 190.1 structural glue laminated timber.

END OF SECTION

Page 35: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 4113 - 1

SECTION 06 4113 - ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide interior architectural woodwork:

1. Casework, custom cabinetry and countertops.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval samples, shop drawings, product data, mock-ups of typical trim and moldings.

B. Submit shop drawings showing location of each cabinet item, whether custom devices or pre-manufactured. Submit dimensional plans and elevations, large scale details, attachment devices and other components.

C. Samples: Submit the following for selection and approval:

1. Laminate sample chips 2. Exposed cabinet hardware 3. Door and trim style options

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. The work of this section shall comply with the following codes and standards including all current

editions, revisions and supplements:

1. Commercial Standard CS 236, Mat Formed Wood Particle Board. 2. Product Standards PS 1, Construction and Industrial Plywood.

C. Standards: Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards."

D. Formaldehyde Emission Levels:

1. Particleboard: NPA 8 compliance. 2. Medium Density Fiberboard: NPA 9 compliance. 3. Hardwood Plywood: HPMA FE compliance.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Rough Hardware: Nails, bolts, screws, anchors, etc., required for work under this section are to be provided.

B. Wood Trim:

1. Species for Opaque Finish: Any closed-grain hardwood. 2. Grade: Custom.

C. Interior Wood Casework:

1. Species for Transparent Finish: Plain sawn/sliced natural birch or maple to match existing wood

doors. 2. Species for Opaque Finish: Closed grain hardwood. 3. Grade: Custom 4. Face Style: Flush overlay

Page 36: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 06 – WOOD, PLASTICS AND COMPOSITES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

ARCHITECTURAL CABINETS 06 4113 - 2

5. Frame Fabrication: Frameless. 6. Grain Matching: Vertical 7. Veneer Matching of Leaves: Book. 8. Veneer Matching In Panel Face: Running.

D. Interior Plastic Laminate Clad Casework:

1. Laminate: High pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD-3. 2. Grade: Custom. 3. Face Style: Full overlay. 4. Frame Fabrication: Frameless.

E. Casework Hardware and Auxiliary Materials:

1. Hardware Standard: ANSI/BHMA A156.9. 2. Hardware Finish and Base Metal: 630 (32D) –(verify to match existing) – stainless steel, satin. 3. Glass: Clear float glass, ASTM C 1036, and Clear tempered glass, ASTM C 1048.

F. Interior Plastic Laminate Clad Countertops:

1. Laminate: High pressure decorative laminate, NEMA LD-3, Nominal 0.050” thick. 2. Grade: Custom. 3. Edge: PVC

H. Solid Surfacing Material Countertops (see Division 12, Simulated Stone Countertops if applicable):

1. Type: Synthetic countertops. 2. Grade: Custom. 3. Edge: solid surface material with selected edge profile.

O. Auxiliary Materials:

1. Screws: FS FF-S-111. 2. Nails: FS FF-N-105. 3. Anchors: Type required for secure anchorage.

P. Factory Finishing:

1. Finish: Custom grade with sheen to match existing wood doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Provide work to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated. Install work to comply with quality standards referenced. Conceal fasteners to the greatest extent practical. Back prime work and install plumb, level and straight with tight joints; scribe work to fit.

B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.

Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction. Coordinate with work of other sections.

C. Comply with manufacturer's requirements for cutting, handling, fastening and working treated materials. D. Repair minor damage, clean and protect.

END OF SECTION

Page 37: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 - 1

SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division-01 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

B. Division 07 – Membrane Roofing

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide flashing and sheet metal: 1. Metal counterflashing and base flashing where required at new roof penetrations 2.

B. Use products that are extracted, processed and manufactured local to the job site (within 500 miles) where economically feasible.

C. Use recycled content materials (20% post-consumer or 40% post-industrial) that are

extracted, processed, and manufactured local to the job site (within 500 miles) where economically feasible.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval samples, shop drawings, product data. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Must meet requirements set forth in ES-1

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim:

1. Zinc-Coated Steel: ASTM A 525, except ASTM A 527 for lock-forming, G90 hot-dip galvanized, mill phosphatized where indicated for painting, 20 gage (.0359 inch) except as otherwise indicated.

2. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, ASTM A 167, 2D annealed finish, 28 gage (.0156 inch).

3. Copper: ASTM B 370, 16 ounces per square foot. 4. Lead-Coated Copper: ASTM B 370, copper, 16 ounces per square foot, and 0.06

pounds per square foot lead coating both sides. 5. Sheet Aluminum: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003, temper H14, AA-C22A41, clear anodized,

20 gage (.0359 inch) except as otherwise indicated. 6. Extruded Aluminum: 6063-T52, clear anodized, 0.080 inches for primary legs of

extrusion.

B. Flexible Sheet Membrane Flashing: Nonreinforced flexible black elastic sheet, 50 to 65 mils thick, butyl synthetic rubber sheet.

Page 38: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 7 – THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 6200 - 2

C. Exposed Metal Coping: Coping to be ES-1 compliant per IBC Section 1504.5. Product to be

manufactured by certified shop. Color to be selected by Architect from standard colors or custom color provided if standard colors do not match color on drawings..

D. Fabricated Units: Compliance with SMACNA Sheet Metal Manual.

E. Auxiliary Materials:

1. Solder: For use with steel or copper, provide 50 -50 tin/lead solder (ASTM B 32), with

rosin flux. 2. Fasteners: Same metal as flashing/sheet metal or other noncorrosive metal as

recommended by sheet manufacturer. Match finish of exposed heads with material being fastened.

2. Bituminous isolation coating. 3. Mastic and elastomeric sealants: Polyisobutylene; nonhardening, nonskinning,

nondrying non-migrating sealant. 4. Epoxy seam sealer. 5. Rosin-sized building paper slip sheet. 6. Polyethylene underlayment. 7. Reglets and metal accessories: Provide sheet metal clips, straps, anchoring devices

and similar accessory units as required for installation of work, matching or compatible with material being installed, noncorrosive, size and gage required for performance.

8. Gutter and conductor head guards. 9. Asphaltic roofing cement.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Follow recommendations of SMACNA Sheet Metal Manual. Allow for expansion. Isolate dissimilar materials.

B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved

submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections.

C. Restore damaged components and finishes. Clean and protect work from damage.

3.03 WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Separate and recycle excess material. Follow requirements of Construction Waste

Management Plan to divert as much material as possible from the landfill. See section 01732 – Construction Waste Management.

END OF SECTION

Page 39: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

ROOF ACCESSORIES 07 7200 - 1

SECTION 07 7200 - ROOF ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Insulated manufactured curbs at rooftop / HVAC units.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. See Division 01 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.

1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION

A. Store products under cover and elevated above grade in manufacturer's unopened packaging until ready for installation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURED CURBS

A. Manufactured Insulated Curbs, and Other Roof Mounting Assemblies: Factory-assembled hollow sheet metal construction with fully mitered and welded corners, integral counterflashing, internal reinforcing, and top side and edges formed to shed water.

1. Manufacture curb bottom and mounting flanges for installation directly on roof deck, not on insulation; match slope and configuration of roof deck.

2. Provide the layouts and configurations shown on the drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Do not begin installation until substrates have been properly prepared.

B. If substrate preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Environmental Dynamics Inc. of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

B. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, in manner that maintains roofing weather integrity.

3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean installed work to like-new condition.

B. Protect installed products until completion of project.

C. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Follow requirements of Construction Waste Management Plan to divert as much material as possible from the landfill. See section 01524 – Construction Waste Management.

END OF SECTION

Page 40: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 07 – THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200-1

SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division-01 Specification sections, apply to

work of this section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide joint sealers at interior and exterior vertical and horizontal joints.

B. Refer to sections of Divisions 23 and 26 for joint sealers in mechanical and electrical work; not work of this section.

C. All applications of sealant to be exposed to view must match adjacent surfaces. If two or

more colors converge at sealant location, the sealant selected must match one of the adjacent colors.

D. All sealants must meet South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule

#1168 as follows: 1. Sealant VOC Limits:

Architectural 250 g/L

Single Ply Membrane Roofing 450 g/L

Non-Membrane Roofing 300 g/L

PVC Welding 510 g/L

CPVC Welding 490 g/L

Other 420 g/L 2. Sealant Primer VOC Limits:

Architectural (non-porous) 250 g/L

Architectural (porous) 775 g/L

Other 750 g/L

E. All adhesives must meet South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rule #1168.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval samples, and product data for all adhesives and sealants used on interior of building envelope, and also window and door sealants.

1. Include VOC Content (g/L, less water) and manufacturer documentation. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. General: All materials, unless otherwise specifically approved by Architect shall be either single or multi-component, self-leveling or non-sagging types in colors to match adjacent surfaces where exposed to view, and shall be one of the following or an approved equal.

B. Exterior Joints:

Page 41: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

JOINT SEALANTS

07 9200 - 2

1. Dissimilar Material Joints: . For sealant at glazing stops and cap caulk: “Clear General Purpose Sealant” as

manufactured by Chem Link Products LLC;

b.. “Dymeric” as manufactured by Tremco Manufacturing Company, Cleveland, Ohio 44104; use sealant in conjunction with “Tremco No. 1 Primer”, or acceptable substitution.

2. All Other Joints, Horizontal or Vertical:

. “Sikaflex-la” as manufactured by Sika Chemical Corporation, Lyndhurst, New Jersey 07071 or acceptable substitution.

C. Interior Joints:

1. Joints between hollow metal frames and abutting materials: . “Pecora AC-20" as manufactured by Pecora Corporation, Harleysville, PA 19438

or “Tremco Acrylic Latex Caulk” or approved substitution.

D. Auxiliary Materials: 1. Plastic foam joint fillers. 2. Backer rods: Closed-cell polyethylene joint backing or open-cell polyurethane joint

backing as required and proper for application. 3. Bond breaker tape.

E. Provide complete caulking and sealants at all open joints and at all intersections of all

dissimilar materials, where any movement can conceivably be anticipated, and elsewhere required or detailed to provide an entirely weather-tight structure.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Examine substrate; report unsatisfactory conditions in writing. Beginning work means acceptance of substrates.

B. Provide sealants in colors as selected from manufacturer's standards.

C. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved

submittals. Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections. Clean and prime joints, and install bond breakers, backer rods and sealant as recommended by manufacturers.

D. Follow manufacturer’s guidelines for joint depth and width ratio, and for backer rod

requirements.

E. Cure and protect sealants as directed by manufacturers. Replace or restore damaged sealants. Clean adjacent surfaces to remove spillage.

3.02 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Follow requirements of Construction Waste Management Plan to divert as much material as possible from the landfill. See Division 01 – Construction Waste Management.

END OF SECTION

Page 42: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 1

SECTION 08 1113 – HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division-01 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

B. Division 08 – Glazing C. Division 08 – Wood Doors

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Interior door frames 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval manufacturer’s specifications for requested modifications, including manufacturer’s recommendation for rust inhibitor, epoxy fill and paint preparation.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of a single, acceptable manufacturer which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Standards: ANSI/SDI-100, Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and

Frames.

C. Performance Standards:

1. Fire-Rated Assemblies: NFPA 80, and acceptable testing agency listing. 2. Thermal-Rated Assemblies at Exterior: ASTM C 236 or ASTM C 976.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver hollow metal work cartoned or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional sealed plastic wrapping for factory finished doors.

B. Inspect hollow metal work upon delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired

provided refinished items are equal in all respects to new work and acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed.

C. Store doors, window and frames at building site under cover. Place units on minimum 4"

high wood blocking. Avoid use of non-vented plastic or canvas shelters which could create a humidity chamber. If cardboard wrapper on door becomes wet, remove carton immediately. Provide 1/4" spaces between stacked doors to promote air circulation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

Page 43: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 8 – DOORS AND WINDOWS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES

08111 - 2

A. Manufacturers: Rediframe, Timely, Amweld Building Products, Ceco Door Products, Curries

Co., Mesker Door, Steelcraft or approved equal.

B. Steel Doors: 1. Door Type: Standard steel doors with hollow or composite construction. 2. Interior Doors: ANSI/SDI-100, Grade II, heavy-duty, minimum 18 gage, cold-rolled

steel, 1-3/4 inches thick. 3. Exterior Doors: ANSI/SDI-100, Grade III, extra-heavy-duty, minimum 16 gage,

galvanized sheet steel, 1-3/4 inches thick. 4. Accessories: Sightproof stationary louvers and glazing stops. 5. Finish: Factory primed and field painted.

C. Steel Frames:

1. Knock Down Steel Frames: Drywall slip-on type, 22 gage sheet steel, mitered or coped

corners, with factory applied finish and snap on casing, as manufactured by Rediframe, Dothan, AL (1-800-633-7553), or Timely, Pacoima, CA (213) 875-0124. Factory finish as selected by Architect from nine (9) minimum colors. All snap on matching trim to be included. Provide closer reinforcement where necessary.

2. Hollow Metal Frames: Welded type, 18 gage galvanized sheet steel, mitered and welded corners, as manufactured by Fenestra, Erie, PA or approved substitution.

3. Accessories: Door silencers. 2.02 FABRICATION - GENERAL

A. Exposed fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat Phillips heads for exposed screws and bolts.

B. Reinforce doors and frames to receive surface-applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for

surface-applied finish hardware may be done at project site.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION

A. Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which steel frames are to be cleaned and prepared for new glazing or re-application of glazing stops and sealant. Notify Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work.

B. If alternate is selected, Installer must examine substrate and conditions under which steel doors and frames are to be installed and notify Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Fabricate work to be rigid, neat and free from seams, defects, dents, warp, buckle, and exposed fasteners. Install doors and frames in compliance with SDI-100, NFPA 80, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Provide thermally improved doors with maximum U-value of 0.24 BTU/hr./sq.ft./degree F

(ASTM C236) for all exterior doors and elsewhere as noted.

C. Provide acoustically improved doors with minimum STC of 33 (ASTM E 90 and ASTM E 413) where indicated.

Page 44: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08111 - 3

D. Hardware: Prepare doors and frames to receive hardware on final schedule. Provide for 3 silencers on single door frames; 2 on double door frames. Coordinate keying requirements with NMSU

E. Shop Finish: Clean, treat and prime paint all work with rust-inhibiting primer comparable

with finish paint specified in Division 9 section. Provide asphalt emulsion sound deadening coating on concealed frame interiors.

F. Touch-up damaged coatings and leave ready to receive finish painting.

3.03 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. See Division 01 – Construction Waste Management.

END OF SECTION

Page 45: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

WOOD DOORS 08211 - 1

SECTION 08211 - WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide flush wood doors:

1. Interior solid core flush doors.

B. Modify existing wood doors: 1. Install glazed opening in existing leaf.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval samples, shop drawings, product data, warranty for new wood doors to match existing. Submit finishing specifications for door to receive factory finish.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Quality Standards:

1. NWWDA I.S. 1A, and AWI Architectural Quality Standards. 2. ANSI/NWMA I.S.1: “Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors”, published by National Woodwork

Manufacturers Association (NWMA). 3. AWI Quality Standards Section 1300 “Architectural Flush Doors” of “Architectural Woodwork Quality

Standards” published by Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI). Designations for grade and door construction under types of doors refer to this standard.

4. NWWDA I.S. 1A, and WIC Manual of Millwork. 5. Fire Rated Wood Doors: Meeting ASTM E 152 requirements

C. Manufacturer: Obtain doors from a single manufacturer to ensure uniformity in quality of appearance and

construction, unless otherwise indicated. . PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Interior Solid Core Doors: 1. Grade: Custom grade. 2. Construction: birch or maple (verify to match existing). 3. Finish: Transparent finish; solid core flush wood door face. Stain to match existing color and grain.

B. Accessories:

a. Clear tempered glazing - size per drawings; set on rubber spacers. b. Stainless steel or nickel finish remodel frame.

Page 46: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

WOOD DOORS 08211 - 2

2.02 FABRICATION - GENERAL

A. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors and panels as shown. Comply with applicable requirements of referenced standards for kind(s) of doors required. Trim openings for lights in non-fire-rated doors with solid wood moldings. Prepare fire rated doors as required.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Installer must examine door frames, after their installation, and doors, prior to their hanging, to verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads, and to verify that doors are free of defects that could cause their rejection. Installation of doors is not to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

B. Comply with NWMA I.S. 1A and specified quality standard. Prefit doors in accordance with referenced

NWMA standards except as otherwise detailed, lock stile beveled to conform to hardware. Apply clear resin sealer on edges after sizing. Premachine doors for hardware listed on final schedules. Factory bevel doors.

C. Install doors with not more than 1/8" clearance at top and sides, 1/4" at bottom. Comply with NFPA 80

for rated assemblies.

D. Shop Finish: Sand and provide first coat of finish system. Wrap and protect.

E. Adjust, clean, and protect. END OF SECTION

Page 47: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 08 3113 - 1

SECTION 08 3113 - ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. Provide access doors for ceilings – painted to match adjacent ceiling color; see drawings for location and as required to access new fixtures and equipment.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval shop drawings, product data. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturers: Access Panel Solutions, J. L. Industries, Karp Associates, MIFAB or approved equal.

B. Access Doors – verify size with existing conditions and fixture / equipment access requirements:

1. Frames: 16 gage (.0598 inch) sheet steel with flange suitable for adjacent material. 2. Doors: 14 gage (.0625 inch) sheet steel.. 3. Door Type: Flush panel. 4. Hardware: Heavy duty zinc-coated steel hinges with stainless steel pins; Stainless Steel slam latch

2.05 FINISHES

A. Factory Prime: Apply manufacturer’s standard, fast curing, lead and chromate free, universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install plumb, level and square.

B. Coordinate installation and field finishing with work of other trades

C. Adjust hardware and operation. Repair or replace damaged units.

END OF SECTION

Page 48: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

FOLDING DOORS 08 3513-1

SECTION 08 3513 –FOLDING DOORS

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.02 SUMMARY

. Provide Side Sliding Door - Ceiling beam/header suspended: 1. Furnished Materials shall include all curtains, stiles, tracks and floor sockets and

pocket door. 2. Verify dimension requirements of storage pocket 3. Provide required access panels, finish / trim to opening, latches and locks

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval product data and installation instructions B. Submit manufacturer’s standard warranty

2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials, Select from one of the following, or provide an approved equal:

A. Manufacturers: The Cookson Company B. Cornell Iron Works, Inc C. MobilFlex

2.3 Materials:

A. Basis of design is “Classic 126” by The Cookson Company B. 5/16" minimum Aluminum Rods on +/- 3-1/2" Centers C. 2” (51 mm) high truss-like plates at the top and bottom of the closure, constructed of 5/16”

diameter vertical rods on 3-1/2” (89 mm) centers linked by flat horizontal bars 1/8” (3 mm) by 5/8” (16 mm) by 73/4” (197 mm). Bars are vertically spaced every 12” (305 mm) with 7/16” (11mm) diameter sleeves over alternating rods. Aluminum to be 6063 aluminum alloy with T-5 temper.

2.4 Locking/ Pocket Door: A. Members are to be vertical stiles fabricated from rectangular tubing 1.3” (33 mm) x 2.4” (62

mm). Members using floor bolts include dust free, stainless top floor sockets. Provide floor sockets in number and location per manufacturer recommendations.

B. Lead and trailing end members are to be cylinder controlled lock stiles with self-adjusting, cold rolled steel floor bolts and top bolts through the top of the track into the support.

Provide Schlage E-Series core cylinder locks or equal approved by NMSU. C. Intermediate locking members with cold rolled steel floor bolts are supplied for (up to) every

10’-0” (3048 mm) of curtain. D. Bipart assemblies are supplied as required. One lock member will retain a hookbolt

deadlock activated by keyed or thumbturn cylinders. A second intermediate locking member with a steel floor bolt shall include a full height channel to accept the hookbolt deadlock.

E. Provide Stainless Steel or Nickel pocket door with 2” trim by Sliding Door manufacturer. Pocket door to have locking device compatible with Schlage E-Series cylinder locks.

2.5 Track: A. Overhead track is to be 1.3” (33 mm) wide x 1.8” (46 mm) high and is to accept 1-1/8” (29

mm) diameter roller trolleys. Rollers are to bear on 0.27” (7 mm) thick aluminum surface within the track. Track curves, where indicated, are to have 10” (254 mm) or 14” (356 mm) radii.

Page 49: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

OPENINGS

08 3513 - 2

2.6 Finish: A. Standard factory finishes are to be: 0.0004” (10 micron) clear anodizing. 2.7 Weight and Stacking: A. Grille weights are to be expressed in lbs./sq. ft. and kg/sq.m of clear opening: Classic 126 -

1.2 lbs./sq. ft. (5.9 kg/sq.m). B. Minimum stacking shall be 1.05”/linear foot of opening plus 3.5” for each locking member or

87.5 mm/meter of opening plus 89 mm per locking member. C. Grille support must be able to carry the weight of a fully stacked door at any point along its

length. Support is to carry the total weight / the total stacking. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 Installation A. Preparation and Examination: Contractor shall make structural or other preparation of the opening to receive track and grille,

provide finish or trim to the opening, construct finish or trim to the opening and construct storage pockets as necessary. Site preparations are to be detailed by approved shop drawings.

B. Examine all conditions under which grilles are to be installed. Notify contractor of unsatisfactory conditions.

C. Verify track layout and grille dimensions, especially the finished floor to the underside of the support dimensions, by actual measurements.

3.2 Installation: A. Install in accordance with the manufacturer’s shop drawings and instructions. 3.3 Maintenance: A. Grille curtain should be cleaned regularly with a mild soap that is approved for use on

aluminum. B. Roller trolleys should be lubricated at least every 4 months with WD-40 or equivalent. 3.4 Warranty: A. Side Sliding Grilles shall be warranted for a period of two (2) years against defect in

workmanship and materials.

END OF SECTION

Page 50: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 1

SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide the following: 1. Hardware for swinging doors.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval samples, product data, hardware schedule proposed for use based on Owner's requirements and to match existing office door hardware.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Hardware for Fire-Rated Openings: NFPA 80, and local requirements.

C. Handicapped Accessibility: ANSI A117.1, ADAAG, and local requirements.

D. Materials and Application: ANSI A156 series standards.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturers: Schlage Series for interior hardware (verify to match existing) all with level handles as per ADA requirements;

B. Door Hardware:

1. Quality Level: Commercial type. 2. Locksets and Latchsets: Shlage E keyway; Cylinder type, medium commercial grade: Schlage

ND94LD RHO 620 – verify to match. 3. Lock Cylinders: Interchangeable core pin tumbler lock cylinders and nickel silver keys. 4. Keying: Owner's requirements for keying and key control system. 5. Hinges and Butts: Full-mortise type, 5 knuckle ball-bearing type- Stanley or Mckinney. 6. Exit Devices: 99 Series or 88 Series (when matching existing hardware) – no vertical rods 7. Closers: Norton Type 8501 BF or 1600 Series, Yale 8301 BF or 50 Series 8 Hardware Finishes: US26D –(verify to match existing) – except pulls, push plates, kick plates to be

US32D

C. Auxiliary Materials: 1. Door Trim: Kickplates by Brookline and related trim. 2. Door stops/bumpers – similar to Glynn Johnson GJ-WB-50C where possible. Floor stops to be

similar to GJ-FB-13 or GJ-FB-17, or bumpers GJ-F9X, F20 or GJ-W-20 3. Soundstripping: S-88D by Pemko.

Page 51: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOOR HARDWARE 08 7100 - 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Follow guidelines of DHI "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware” and hardware manufacturers' instructions.

B. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and approved submittals.

Install materials and systems in proper relation with adjacent construction and with uniform appearance. Coordinate with work of other sections.

C. Adjust operation, clean and protect.

END OF SECTION

Page 52: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

GLAZING 08 8000-1

SECTION 08 8000 – GLAZING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY

A. As part of base bid, provide new glazing at the following locations:

1. Interior safety glazing – (frameless, laminated). 2. Door sidelites. 3. Door vision lites

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval samples, shop drawings, product data, mock-ups, warranty, test reports, maintenance data, extra stock and cleaning and maintenance documentation.

1.03 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to

work of this section. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Design Requirements

1. Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermal movements, wind loads and impact loads, without failure, including loss due to ineffective manufacture, fabrication and installation, deterioration of glazing materials and other defects in construction.

2. Provide glass thickness and strengths (annealed, heat-strengthened, tempered) required to meet or exceed the following criteria based on project loads and in-service conditions per ASTM E1300.

a. Minimum thickness of annealed or heat-treated glass products is selected, so that worst-case probability of failure does not exceed the following:

i. 8 breaks per 1000 for glass installed vertically or not over 15 degrees from the vertical pane and under wind action.

ii. 5 breaks per 1000 for glass installed 15 degrees from the vertical plane and under action of snow and/or wind.

C. Testing: Glazing performance. 1.05 WARRANTY

A. Glass Warranties: 1. Laminated Glass: Manufacturer's 4 year warranty. 2. Coated Glass: Manufacturer's 5 year warranty. 3. Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's 10 year warranty.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

Page 53: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

GLAZING 08800 - 2

08800 - 2

A. Manufacturers: Walker Glass, PPG Glass, AFG Industries, Cardinal, or approved equal. B. Glass:

1. Primary Glass Products: Clear float glass, ASTM C 1036. 2. Heat-Treated Glass Products: Tempered glass, ASTM C 1048. 3. Sealed Insulating Glass Units: ASTM E 774, Class A. 4. High-Performance Coatings: Low e (low emissivity) type.

Frameless Safety Laminate Glazing: C. Clear laminated glass with two plies of fully tempered float glass.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: <AJJ Glass, Laminate Safety Glass or approved equal>. 2. Minimum Thickness of Each Glass Ply: [4 mm] or as recommended by Manufacturer

for designated glazing size and application 3. Interlayer Thickness: [0.060 inch (1.52 mm)] or as recommended by Manufacturer for

designated glazing size and application 4. D. Safety glass products in the United States comply with CPSC 16 CFR 1201 for Category II

materials. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with

certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies.

E. Insulating glass products are to be permanently marked either on spacers or at least one

insulating unit component with appropriate label of inspecting and testing agency listed below:

United States – Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC) F. Manufacturer to be ISO 9001:2008 Certified.

G. Glazing Accessories: 1. Elastomeric glazing sealants. 2. Preformed glazing tapes. 3. Glazing gaskets. 4. Setting blocks, spacers, and compressible filler rods. 5. Mirror adhesive.

H. Use glass with recycled content (a minimum of 20% post consumer or 40% post industrial). I. Use products that are extracted, processed and manufactured local to the job site (within

500 miles) where economically feasible.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Inspect framing and report unsatisfactory conditions in writing.

B. Comply with FGMA "Glazing Manual" and manufacturers instructions and recommendations. Use manufacturer's recommended spacers, blocks, primers, sealers, gaskets and accessories.

C. Install glass with uniformity of pattern, draw, bow and roller marks.

Page 54: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

GLAZING 08 8000-1

D. Install sealants to provide complete wetting and bond and to create a substantial wash away

from glass. E. To prevent permanent damage and maintain visual and aesthetic quality, acid-etched glass

products to be protected during construction and be properly cleaned after installation 3.02 SCHEDULE

A. Glazing Schedule: 1. As indicated on drawings

3.03 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Separate and recycle packaging material. Follow requirements of Construction Waste

Management Plan to divert as much material as possible from the landfill. See Division 01 – Construction Waste Management.

END OF SECTION

Page 55: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 1

SECTION 09 2216 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior gypsum board assemblies.

2. Suspension systems for interior gypsum ceilings and soffits.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested

according to ASTM E 119.

B. STC-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly

indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413.

2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS

A. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of

preconsumer recycled content is not less than 25 percent.

B. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.[ Use either steel studs and runners or dimpled steel

studs and runners of equivalent minimum base-metal thickness.]

1. <Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to

the following:

a. MRI Steel Framing, LLC.

b. Armstrong.

c. ClarkDietrich Building Systems.

2. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings [0.018 inch (0.45 mm)]

[0.027 inch (0.68 mm)] [0.033 inch (0.84 mm)].

Page 56: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 2

3. Depth: As indicated on Drawings [3-5/8 inches (92 mm)] [6 inches (152 mm)] [4

inches (102 mm)] [2-1/2 inches (64 mm)] [1-5/8 inches (41 mm)].

C. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide[ one of] the following in thickness not less

than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs:

1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch- (51-mm-) deep

flanges, installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging

located within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing.

2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners, inside runner with 2-inch- (51-mm-)

deep flanges and fastened to studs, and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner.

3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes due

to deflection of structure above.

D. Firestop Tracks: Manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement

of the structure while maintaining continuity of fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated; in

thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs.

E. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated.

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings [0.018 inch (0.45 mm)]

[0.027 inch (0.68 mm)] [0.033 inch (0.84 mm)]

F. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel, 0.053-inch (1.34-mm) minimum base-metal thickness,

with minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide flanges.

1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings [1-1/2 inches (38 mm)]

2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches (38 by 38 mm), 0.068-inch- (1.72-mm-)

thick, galvanized steel.

G. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.

1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness:As indicated on Drawings [0.018 inch (0.45 mm)]

[0.033 inch (0.84 mm)]

2. Depth:[As indicated on Drawings [7/8 inch (22.2 mm)] [1-1/2 inches (38.1 mm)].

H. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce

sound transmission.

1. Configuration: [Asymmetrical] or [hat shaped].

I. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053-inch (1.34-mm) uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum

1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide flanges.

1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings [3/4 inch (19 mm)]

2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable, corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum

uncoated-steel thickness of 0.033 inch (0.8 mm).

3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- (1.59-

mm-) diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire.

Page 57: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 3

2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS

A. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- (1.59-mm-)

diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- (1.21-mm-) diameter wire.

B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete:

1. Anchors: Capable of sustaining a load equal to [5] times that imposed as determined by

ASTM E 488.

a. Type: [Cast-in-place anchor, designed for attachment to concrete forms]

[Postinstalled, chemical anchor] [Postinstalled, expansion anchor].

2. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Capable of sustaining, a load equal to [10] times that

imposed as determined by ASTM E 1190.

C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.16 inch (4.12 mm) in

diameter.

D. Flat Hangers: Steel sheet, in size indicated on Drawings [1 by 3/16 inch (25 by 5 mm) by

length indicated] >.

E. Carrying Channels: Cold-rolled, commercial-steel sheet with a base-metal thickness of 0.053

inch (1.34 mm) and minimum 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide flanges.

1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings [2-1/2 inches (64 mm)] [2 inches (51 mm)] [1-1/2

inches (38 mm)].

F. Furring Channels (Furring Members):

1. Cold-Rolled Channels: 0.053-inch (1.34-mm) uncoated-steel thickness, with minimum

1/2-inch- (13-mm-) wide flanges, 3/4 inch (19 mm) deep.

2. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645.[ Use either steel studs and runners or dimpled

steel studs and runners of equivalent minimum base-metal thickness.]

a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: As indicated on Drawings [0.018 inch (0.45

mm)] [0.027 inch (0.68 mm)] [0.033 inch (0.84 mm)].

b. Depth: As indicated on Drawings [1-5/8 inches (41 mm)] [2-1/2 inches (64

mm)] [3-5/8 inches (92 mm)].

3. Hat-Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 7/8 inch (22 mm) deep.

a. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: [As indicated on Drawings [0.018 inch (0.45

mm)] [0.033 inch (0.84 mm)] .

4. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- (13-mm-) deep members designed to reduce sound

transmission.

a. Configuration: [Asymmetrical] or [hat shaped].

Page 58: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 4

2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and

other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates.

B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide asphalt saturated organic felt or foam gasket.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754.

1. Gypsum Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 841 that apply

to framing installation.

2. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 1063

that apply to framing installation.

3. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 844 that

apply to framing installation.

4. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply

to framing installation.

B. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim,

grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.

C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies.

D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing

members. Frame both sides of joints independently.

3.2 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES

A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than

spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.

B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior

walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall.

C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction.

D. Install tracks (runners) at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural

supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, except where partitions are indicated to

terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above

ceiling.

1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to

produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished

assemblies.

Page 59: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 5

2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install

runner track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs.

a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated.

b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch

(13-mm) clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in

finished assembly.

c. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead

structure.

3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required

for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to

match framing required above door heads.

4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated

assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to

underside of solid structure.

a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire-resistance-

rated assembly indicated.

5. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated.

6. Curved Partitions:

a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs.

b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along

arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6

inches (150 mm) o.c.

E. Direct Furring:

1. Screw to wood framing.

2. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment,

or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.

F. Z-Furring Members:

1. Erect insulation vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced [24 inches

(610 mm)] [600 mm] o.c.

2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall

with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven

fasteners spaced 24 inches (610 mm) o.c.

3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange

extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short flange of furring

channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more

than 12 inches (305 mm) from corner and cut insulation to fit.

G. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than

1/8 inch (3 mm) from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing.

Page 60: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 09 2216 - 6

3.3 INSTALLING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS

A. Install suspension system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than

spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types.

B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by

building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement.

C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows:

1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling

plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system.

a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting

horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means.

2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger

spacings that interfere with locations of hangers, install supplemental suspension

members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices.

3. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck.

4. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast-in-place hanger inserts that

extend through forms.

5. Do not attach hangers to rolled-in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck.

6. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit.

D. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports.

E. Seismic Bracing if applicable, See Drawings, G-sheets for requirements: Sway-brace

suspension systems with hangers used for support.

F. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within [1/8 inch in 12 feet

(3 mm in 3.6 m)] measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and

transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes.

END OF SECTION

Page 61: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 1

SECTION 09 2900 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to the work of this section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide gypsum board assemblies: 1. Interior walls, partitions, and ceilings. 2. Installation of access panels in gypsum board assemblies.

B. Gypsum Board Attachment:

1. Gypsum board screw-attached to stud framing and furring. 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval product data and installation instructions for each gypsum drywall component. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Obtain gypsum board products from a single manufacturer.

C. Tolerances: Not more than 1/16 inch difference in true plane at joints between adjacent boards before

finishing. After finishing, joints shall be not be visible. Not more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet deviation from true plane, plumb, level and proper relation to adjacent surfaces in finished work.

D. Fire Resistance for Fire Rated Assemblies: ASTM E 119.

E. Performance: Fire, structural, and seismic performance meeting requirements of building code and

local authorities. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Store materials inside under cover and in manner to keep them dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Neatly stack gypsum boards flat to prevent sagging.

1.06 EXISTING PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Comply with requirements of referenced gypsum board application standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer, for environmental conditions before, during and after application of gypsum board.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturers of Gypsum Board: All materials specified herein except as noted are based on United States Gypsum Products. Products manufactured by American Gypsum, Georgia-Pacific Corp., National Gypsum Co. are acceptable substitutions.

Page 62: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 2

B. Gypsum Board:

1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, Type “X”, ½ inch or 5/8 inch thick as indicated, with tapered

edges. 2. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630, Type “X”, 5/8 inch thick, with tapered

edges. 3. Metal Furring Channels: roll formed, hat shaped sections of min. 25 gage galvanized steel (7/8" x 2-

3/4" U.S.G. DWC - 25) 4. Metal Resilient Channel: roll formed corrosion resistant 25 gage steel (1/2” x 2 ½” - U.S.G. RC-1) 5. Fasteners: ASTM C 646, corrosion-resistant self-tapping buglehead spiral-thread type screws, Type

W, minimum 1" long except 1-5/8" for double layer walls, lengths to penetrate at lease 3/8". 6. Joint compounds and Tape:

a. USG CF ready mix types. b. USG Durabond 90. c. USG Perf-A-Tape reinforcing tape.

C. Metal Trim Accessories:

1. Corner Bead: Dur-A-Bead or approved substitution metal corner reinforcement, attached with nails

or screws. 2. Casing Beads: Number 200 series. 3. Expansion Control Joint: Number 093. 4. Reveal Type Trim: Number 400 series. 5. Edge Protection: Number 800 series.

D. Auxiliary Materials:

1. Fastening adhesive. 2. Concealed acoustical sealant.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install wood framing in compliance with Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry. Install with tolerances necessary to produce substrate for gypsum board assemblies with tolerances specified. Include blocking for items such as railings, grab bars, casework, toilet accessories and similar items.

B. Install gypsum board assemblies in compliance with ASTM C 840 and GA 216, Recommended

Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board. Install gypsum board assemblies true, plumb, level and in proper relation to adjacent surfaces. Provide continuous vapor retarder at exterior walls.

C. Provide fire-rated systems where indicated and where required by authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Install boards vertically. Do not allow butt-to-butt joints and joints that do not fall over framing members.

E. Provide insulation full height and thickness in partitions as indicated on drawings.

F. Provide acoustical sealant at both faces at top and bottom runner tracks, wall perimeters, openings,

expansion and control joints.

G. Install trim and 3-coat joint treatment in strict compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Joint treatment is required at all fasteners and edges between boards. Fill all surface defects. Sand between and after joint treatment coatings and leave ready for finish painting or wall treatment.

Page 63: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

GYPSUM BOARD 09 2900 - 3

H. Texturing: All gypsum wall board to receive paint shall be texture coated, except walls to receive vinyl wall covering. Coordinate with Owner for locations of walls to receive vinyl wall covering. Finish these walls with “slick” flat finish drywall taping. Mix and apply materials evenly to achieve a uniform “orange peel” texture. Machine apply coating. Roller or trowel application will not be acceptable. Uneven, blotched or irregular texture will be completely removed and re-textured.

END OF SECTION

Page 64: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 - 1

SECTION 09 5113 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide replacement acoustical lay-in tile ceiling tiles as indicated on the drawings. Provide trim and exposed metal suspension system where required to patch damaged areas.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval samples, product data, installation instructions, extra stock. Include manufacturer’s recommendations for cleaning and refinishing acoustical units, including precautions against materials and methods which may be detrimental to finishes and acoustical performances.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Performance: Fire, structural, and seismic performance meeting requirements of building code and

local authorities. Acoustical performance based on project requirements.

C. Coordination of Work: coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components with other work supported by or penetrating through ceilings including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression system components (if any), and partition system (if any).

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS

A. Manufacturers: USG Interiors (verify to match existing)

B. Mineral Base Panels, Modular, Cast or Molded Type. 1. Size: 24 by 24 inches by 3/4 inch. 2. Edge Detail, Square 3. Pattern: Fissured 4. Type: To match existing

E. Auxiliary Materials:

1. Edge molding and trim. USG M9 Wall Molding for edge conditions. 2. Hold down clips and impact clips 3. Concealed acoustic sealant

Page 65: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 - FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09 5113 - 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install materials and suspension systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and ASTM C 636. Coordinate installation with location of mechanical and electrical work to ensure proper locations.

B. Level ceiling to within 1/8" in 10' in both directions. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately. Measure and

layout to avoid less than half panel units.

C. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally-patterned units (if any) with pattern running in one direction.

D. Adjust, clean, and touch-up all system components.

E. Provide product surplus, wrapped and labeled of full sized maintenance stock of new material for each

tile type installed. END OF SECTION

Page 66: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PAINTING 09 9120-1

SECTION 09 9120 - PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract and Division-01 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

DIVISION 09– Gypsum Board

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide the following: 1. Painting and surface preparation for interior unfinished surfaces as scheduled. 2. Touch upp and surface preparation for finished surfaces as scheduled. 3. Painting and surface preparation for interior unfinished surfaces as scheduled.

B. Surfaces to be Painted: Except where natural finish of material is specifically noted as a

surface not to be painted, paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in “schedules”. Where items of surfaces are not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or areas. If color or finish is not designated, Architect will select these from standard colors or finishes available.

C. Following categories of work are not included as part of field-applied finish work:

1. Pre-Finished Items: Unless otherwise indicated, do not include painting when factory-finishing or installer-finishing is specified.

2. Concealed Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on surfaces such as walls or ceilings in concealed areas and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, utility tunnels, pipe spaces, duct shafts and elevator shafts.

3. Finished Metal Surfaces: Unless otherwise indicated, metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze and similar finished materials will not require finish painting.

4. Operating Parts: Unless otherwise indicated, moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sinkages, sensing devices, motor and fan shafts will not require finish painting.

D. Do not paint over any code-required labels, such as Underwriter’s Laboratories and Factory

Mutual, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. E. All paints and coatings must meet or exceed the VOC and chemical component limits of

Green Seal as follows: 1. Paint VOC Limits:

Non-flat - 150 g/L

Flat - 50 g/L

Stains - 250 g/L

Floor Coatings 100 g/L

Clear wood finishes: varnish 350 g/l; lacquer 550g/L 1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit for approval samples, product data, 4' by 4' mock-ups, extra stock.

Page 67: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PAINTING

09 9120 - 2

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with governing codes and regulations. Provide products of acceptable manufacturers which have been in satisfactory use in similar service for three years. Use experienced installers. Deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and other undercoat paint produced by same

manufacturer as finish coats. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and use only within recommended limits.

C. Regulations: Compliance with VOC and environmental regulations. D. Coordination of Work: Review other sections of these specifications in which prime paints

are to be provided to ensure compatibility of total coatings system for various substrates. Upon request from other trade, furnish information or characteristics of finish materials provided for use, to ensure compatible prime coats are used.

1.05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

A. Deliver materials to job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer’s name and label.

1. Thinning instructions. 2. Application instructions. 3. Color name and number.

B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers. Maintain containers used in storage

of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

1. Protect from freezing where necessary. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take all precautions to ensure that workmen and work areas are adequately protected from fire hazards and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing and application of paints.

1.06 EXISTING JOB CONDITIONS

A. Apply water based paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 degrees F (10 degrees C), unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer’s printed instructions.

B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and

surrounding air temperatures are between 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and 95 degrees F (35 degrees C), unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer’s printed instructions

C. Do not paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, or when relative humidity exceeds 85%, or to damp

or wet surfaces, unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer’s printed instructions.

1. Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas and surfaces to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by paint manufacturer during application and drying periods.

Page 68: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PAINTING 09 9120-3

PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS:

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: 1. Harmony by Sherwin Williams 2. Pristine Eco-Spec by Benjamin Moore 4. Pure Performance by PPG Architectural Finishes 5. Promaster by Glidden

2.02 MATERIALS

A. Material Quality: Provide best quality grade of various types of coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable paint materials manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer’s identification as a standard, best grade product will not be acceptable.

B. Color Pigments: Pure, non-fading, applicable types to suit substrates and service indicated.

1. Lead content in pigment, if any, is limited to contain not more than 0.06% lead, as lead metal based on the total volatile (dry-film) of paint by weight.

2. This limitation is extended to interior surfaces and those exterior surfaces, such as stairs, decks, porches, railings, windows, and doors.

PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION

A. Applicator must examine areas and conditions under which painting work is to be applied and notify contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to applicator.

B. Starting of painting work will be construed as Applicator’s acceptance of surfaces and

conditions within any particular area.

C. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.

3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION

A. General: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures in accordance with paint manufacturer’s instructions and as herein specified, for each particular substrate condition. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required.

Notify Architect in writing of any anticipated problems in using the specified coating systems with substrates primed by others.

2. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface-applied protection, prior to surface preparation and painting operation. Remove, if necessary, for complete painting of items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed items.

B. Ferrous Metals: Clean ferrous surfaces which are not galvanized or shop-coated of oil,

grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances by solvent of mechanical cleaning. 1. Touch-up shop-applied prime coats wherever damaged or bare, where required by

other sections of these specifications. Clean and touch-up with same type shop primer.

Page 69: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 09 – FINISHES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PAINTING

09 9120 - 4

3.03 MATERIALS PREPARATION

A. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer’s directions.

B. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

C. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density, and stir as required

during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using.

3.04 APPLICATION

A. General: Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer’s directions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being used.

B. Mechanical and Electrical Work: Painting of mechanical and electrical work is limited to

those items exposed in mechanical equipment rooms and in occupied spaces.

C. Completed Work: Match approved mock-ups for color, texture, and pattern. Re-coat or remove and replace work which does not match or shows loss of adhesion.

D. Clean up, touch up and protect work.

INTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE General: Provide the following systems for the various substrates, as indicated. Ferrous Metals Semi Gloss 1 coat zinc chromate, rust-inhibiting

primer 2 coats alkyd enamel

EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE (If applicable) General: Provide the following systems for the various substrates, as indicated. Ferrous Metal Semi Gloss 1 coat, zinc chromate, rust-inhibiting

primer 2 coats alkyd enamel finish

Galvanized Metal Semi Gloss 1 coat, galvanized metal primer

2 coats alkyd enamel finish 3.05 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. Separate and recycle excess material and/or reuse on job site. Follow requirements of

Construction Waste Management Plan to divert as much material as possible from the landfill. See section 01524 – Construction Waste Management.

END OF SECTION

Page 70: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 1

SECTION 10 14223 - PANEL SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Interior Signage

1.03 REFERENCES

A. 2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design

B. ICC/ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Useable Buildings and Facilities; 2003

C. USATBCB - Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA), Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities (ADAAG).

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.

B. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings containing plans, elevations, sections and details for all work in this section with letter style, general layout for each sign type, sizes, edge and corner treatment and mounting methods shown.

C. Selection Samples: For each finish specified, two complete sets of color chips representing manufacturer's standard choices for color(s), pattern(s) and finishe(s).

D. Message Schedule: Architect to provide schedule of messages for all signs.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Manufacturer shall have five years experience manufacturing and fabricating products of similar type and scope as those specified in this section.

B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum five years documented experience in work of this section.

C. Single Source Requirements: Obtain all products in this section from a single supplier.

D. Mock-Up: As requested by architect, provide a mock-up of select sign types for evaluation of finishes and application workmanship.

1. Finishes designated in shop drawing and selected by Architect.

2. Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship, color and finish are

approved by Architect.

3. Refinish mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to avoid construction delays. Thoroughly inspect products upon receipt.

B. Deliver products in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers and packaging with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer intact.

Page 71: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 2

C. Store products protected from weather, temperature and other harmful conditions in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

D. Protect materials during handling and installation to prevent damage.

1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity and ventilation) within limits recommended by manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outside manufacturer's absolute limits.

1.08 WARRANTY

A. Provide written documentation of manufacturer’s warranty.

1. Warranty must guarantee interior signs for the life of the building.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

Basis of design for signage: Century Sign Builders, which is located at 2117 Commercial NE: Albuquerque, NM 87106 | (505) 888-2901 | [email protected] | www.csbsigns.com

2.02 INTERIOR SIGNAGE

A. Basic Sign System by Century Sign Builders, or approved equal

1. General Characteristics

a. Regulatory Compliance: All signs shall conform to the requirements of regulations list in section 1.3 and shall be designed to meet the stated requirements for color, contrast, letter height, install location and other characteristics required for accessibility and by local, state and federal regulations.

b. Base material or chassis: Non-Glare plastic sign panel

i. Colored non-glare acrylic multi-polymer by Rowmark plastics.

ii. Products with painted or otherwise applied coloration method are not acceptable.

iii. Finishes and color as per approved shop drawings.

c. Lens or cover material: lens and covers shall be constructed using 0.125” (342-101) or 0.0625” (322-101) clear single-ply non-glare acrylic multi-polymer (Rowmark),

d. Changeable message insert will be fabricated from commonly available transparency media no less than 5 mil thick that is compatible with inkjet or laser printers such as 3M CG3710 or equivalent.

e. Printed graphic inserts: Printed inserts will be created using a satin-coated, tear-resistant, rigid PVC media with eco-solvent waterfast & UV stable inks.

i. Printed background inserts must be manufactured in color managed workflow with the following capacities:

ii. All printing must be done using a profiled printer with transmissible ICC profile.

Page 72: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 3

iii. All approved colors used in final design must have LAB values recorded and submitted to architect owner for future reference and duplication.

iv. Printing must be performed on calibrated printer such that future orders of insert can be reproduced within 5 Delta E of recorded LAB values.

f. Tactile Raised Lettering/Graphic method: Tactile lettering and symbols shall be formed using rotary engraving method and bonded to sign plaque using 3M Scotch 467HP adhesive. Text, numbers and symbols must have 1/32” return cut to 22 degree angle. Text, numbers and symbols must be constructed with materials having embedded coloration that is the final approved color for the signs. Products with painted or otherwise applied coloration method are not acceptable.

g. Braille Method: Braille must be constructed using the Edgerton Grade 2 Braille System using clear Raster beads.

h. Other Lettering Method: Permanent sign messages not requiring tactile lettering shall be formed using a reverse engraved method whereby letter forms are engraved from the second surface of a base substrate which is a clear material with a thin permanent layer of color on the rear (second) surface. Letter forms, reversed to read properly from the front, are engraved through the second surface to reveal the clear core and then paint-filled in an approved color.

i. Other features:

i. Snap-N-Place fasteners: as indicated on the shop drawings, provide flexible rubber fasteners to secure lenses over changeable message inserts to allow for tool-free update to changeable inserts. Patent pending design, Century Sign Builders.

ii. Stand-off fasteners: as indicated on the shop drawings, provide fine finished aluminum stand-off fasteners consisting of a top cap, through bolt and (optionally) a stand-off barrel.

iii. Allen bolt fasteners: as indicated on the shop drawings, provide Allen bolts to secure lenses over changeable message inserts.

j. Installation method:

i. Wall mounted signs: signs shall be mounted using double-sided vinyl foam tape (1/16” thickness), silicon adhesive or mechanical anchors as per the approved shop drawings.

ii. Flag mount hardware: provide custom mounting bracket for flag mounted signs as indicated on shop drawings.

iii. Wall mount hardware: provide custom mounting hardware for wall mounted signs as indicated on shop drawings.

iv. Suspended mount hardware: provide custom mounting hardware for ceiling suspended mounted signs as indicated on shop drawings.

v. Free standing hardware: provide base plate and floor fasteners (optional) for free standing signs as indicated on the shop drawings.

vi. Cubicle mounted hardware: provide removable mounting method for mounting sign at cubicles, workstations or systems furniture partitions as indicated on the shop drawings.

vii. Work surface hardware: provide angle bottom flange or stand to allow signs to be displayed in a vertical (slightly angled) fashion when placed on transaction counters, desks, etc. as indicated on the shop drawings.

2. Color Selections

a. Tactile lettering/graphics: As per approved shop drawings

b. Graphic insert: As per approved shop drawings

c. Changeable insert: As per approved shop drawings

Page 73: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

PANEL SIGNAGE 10 1423 - 4

d. Frame and mounting hardware: As per approved shop drawings

3. Font Selections

a. Tactile lettering: As per approved shop drawings

b. Graphic insert lettering: As per approved shop drawings

c. Changeable insert lettering: As per approved shop drawings

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine signage for defects prior to installation. Do not install damaged signage.

B. Inspect conditions of installation areas and other conditions which may affect installation of signage to ensure that conditions are suitable for installation.

C. Do not begin installation until installation areas are within manufacturer's specified tolerances and have been prepared in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

D. If installation area preparation is the responsibility of another installer, do not proceed with installation. Notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation immediately.

E. Commencement of work is deemed as acceptance of installation conditions.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Verify mounting heights and locations for signage will comply with specified requirements.

B. Clean mounting locations of dirt, dust, grease or similar conditions that would prevent proper installation.

C. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

D. Verify completion of other installation conditions needed for sign installation including backing materials, reinforcement, electrical and data.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Locate signs in accordance with approved shop drawings and project requirements.

3.04 CLEANING, PROTECTION AND REPAIR

A. Protect installed products until completion of project.

B. Touch-up, repair or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion.

3.05 TRAINING & CLOSEOUT

A. Provide manufacturer’s written warranty and cleaning/maintenance instructions.

B. Provide digital templates for end-user updatable inserts.

C. Provide necessary tools and source for consumables for end-user updateable inserts.

END OF SECTION

Page 74: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 1

SECTION 11 40 00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Division 00-Bidding and Contracting Requirements and Division 01-General Requirements apply to this section as fully as if repeated herein.

1.2 WORK INCLUDED

A. As part of this sections work: 1. The sub-contractor and sub-contractors equipment supplier shall be a part of the overall

construction team and will attend construction progress meetings and make progress inspections of their area of work, unless otherwise noted herein.

2. They will provide a written report on their progress. 3. They will be available to provide installation requirements, ensure that utility rough-ins are

met and report any and all discrepancies in a timely manner. 4. Source of foodservice equipment specified herein (Provided By: column)

A. By GC Equipment provided and installed by the General Contractor B. By KEC Equipment provided and installed by the Kitchen Equipment Contractor C. By Owner Owner furnished and installed equipment, unless otherwise noted D. N.I.C. Not in Contract, reference only

B. Furnish and install all food service equipment as specified and as indicated on drawings.

1. Stands and supports for all equipment requiring them. 2. All faucets and drains with tailpieces. 3. Condensate drain lines from the evaporative coil (in the walk-in box) to specified floor

drain. Including, run heat tape in walk-in freezer per manufacturer recommendations. 4. If there is a discrepancy between the written specification and the model number listed

the written specification supersedes.

C. Required cutting and patching of holes in equipment for pipes, drains, electric penetrations, outlet, etc., as required including providing and/or welding sleeves, collars, ferrules or escutcheons.

D. All inter-wiring of equipment, where these items are part of the equipment furnished, from

control switches, panels, cut-offs, etc.

E. All other related materials or accessories not shown or specified that are necessary and reasonably implied from the drawings, or accepted methods of construction, will be included at no additional cost to the owner.

F. Repair any damages that resulted from installation.

G. Immediately remove all debris resulting from installation, clean all equipment and make ready

for operation and acceptance by the owner. If other construction activity is going on in the area the contractor will provide temporary protective cover.

H. New equipment that is supplied by the owner and installed by the Kitchen Equipment Contractor (KEC) will be indicated in the specifications remarks column.

I. Existing equipment that is to be removed and reinstalled by the general contractor, unless otherwise noted, will be indicated in the specifications remarks column.

Page 75: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 2

1.3 RELATED WORK

A. Division 22- Mechanical and Plumbing rough-in ducting, piping and final connection between rough-in and equipment; installation of mechanical and plumbing devices and fittings in utility lines; interconnecting field ducting and piping between food service equipment and components; exhaust ducts, exhaust fans, indirect waste lines, floor clean outs and floor sinks.

B. Division 26- Electrical rough in; conduit, conductors and final connection between rough-in and

equipment; installation of electrical fittings and devices in utility lines; interconnecting field wiring between foodservice equipment and components; circuit breakers panels other than those integral with foodservice equipment; final disconnect means.

C. In the event of conflict regarding the requirements for the referenced foodservice equipment

between this section and any other section, the provisions of this section shall govern. The contractor must report discrepancy immediately and not proceed with that portion of work without written clarification and/or corrective action. Failure to get clarification before proceeding will be at this contractor’s expense.

1.4 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings shall govern for quantity and specifications for quality. 1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. No substitutions without prior approval. B. Equipment shall be as specified by specific manufacturer, model number, size, utility

requirement, capacity, options and accessories. C. All requests for prior approvals must be in the architect’s office 10 days prior to bid opening

date and must be approved prior to bid date.

D. The term “approved equal” or “approved alternate” means the manufacturers listed as alternates are approved for that specific piece of food service equipment.

1. The original equipment specification shall govern in matters of capacity, fuel

consumption, voltage, phase, overall dimensions, materials, function and accessories. 2. Categories of equipment of substantial quantity shall be of the same brand as to limit the

responsibility of guarantee and warranty. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with the acceptable alternate or

approved alternate items. 4. The contractor and the equipment sub-contractors are responsible to report all

discrepancies between the specified piece of equipment and alternate piece during equipment submittals, equipment shop drawing and on utility rough-ins.

5. Contractor must note changes on the submittals. a. If the item requires additional space or specific utilities that differ from

specifications or drawings. The contractor shall be responsible for any retrofitting (building changes, utility changes and engineering changes).

b. If the item is found not to be equal then the KEC shall remove and replace with specified.

E. For a request of substitution or prior approval request submit (1) electronic PDF file or (3) hard

copies to the Architects office including:

Page 76: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 3

1. Item number that they are requesting a substitute or prior approval for. 2. Product identification, including manufacturer’s name & address. 3. Product spec-sheet. 4. If applicable, a list of other installations using the alternate product.

1.6 LAWS AND ORDINANCES

A. Check and confirm that drawings and specifications meet all Federal, State and Local

Government bodies. B. Certify that all work and materials comply with Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances and

regulations and is confirmed by the local inspector having jurisdiction. C. Work and materials must be in full accord and, when appropriate, shall be listed with the

following agencies. 1. Local Health Department 2. OSHS 3. National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 4. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or ETL equivalent 5. AGA & NFPA 6. National Fire for exhaust system (NFPA-96) 7. National Fire Standards for wet chemical extinguishing systems (NFPA-17A)

1.7 INSURANCE, GUARANTEE AND WARRANTY

A. All equipment shall be fully guaranteed against defects in workmanship and material for one (1) year after owner’s final acceptance. Guarantee period shall commence with the owners first usage of the equipment for the intended purpose after the final acceptance.

B. All repairs and replacements shall be made without charge to the owner. C. The sub-contractor will provide bid bond and, if successful, will provide a performance bond. D. The food service equipment contractor shall make suitable arrangements with local approved

service and repair agencies for the servicing and maintenance of the equipment should malfunctions occur within the one year warranty period.

E. EQUIPMENT ACCESS

1. Verify all building conditions and coordinate proper access of large equipment into the

building. 2. Any specific items needed for the movement of large, heavy or bulky equipment is the full

responsibility of the contractor.

F. QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALIFICATIONS (Sub-contractor) 1. Provide proof of license to the architect to perform the work included in this section, but

not limited to; refrigeration license, mechanical license to hang and install kitchen exhaust hoods, kitchen fire suppression systems, build/erect walk-in cooler/freezer pre-fabricated boxes.

2. Provide proof of insurance to the architect. Including workman’s comp and performance bond.

3. Provide a list of sub-contractors that you will be using on this project and their license numbers and type to the architect.

4. Notify architect, during custom fabrication, in writing when the custom fabricated equipment will be approximately ninety percent completed in the fabricators shop. a. Give notice 2 weeks in advance to allow for scheduling of an observation visit.

Page 77: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 4

b. Correct any errors discovered during the observation visit, within the scope of the drawings and specifications, at no change in the sub-contract sum.

c. Failure to give this notice will be cause for rejection of the equipment or fixtures upon delivery to the job site.

5. If required, attend progress meetings and inspect the site where the food service equipment will be installed, report on compliance and discrepancies.

G. DESIGN CRITERIA

H. The work of this section shall comply with all current codes and standards including current

editions, revisions and supplements.

I. SUBMITTALS

1. Submit (1) digital submittal in PDF format or (3) hard copy submittals. 2. Submit book of manufacturer’s literature (spec sheets) indicating components of specified

materials, installation requirements, specifications and maintenance requirements for materials specified.

3. Submittals will be supplied with a complete index equipment list stating the item number, quantity, item name including the current name, address and telephone number of the nearest authorized service representative.

4. Submit rough-in drawings indicating locations of utility requirements for all equipment, including any inter-connections.

5. All changes to electrical, mechanical, plumbing and ventilations from the foodservice or architectural drawings must be clouded on submittal documents.

6. Submit shop drawings indicating item number, dimensions, listing all materials and components, details of construction, installation. List all reinforcements, anchorage and related accessories.

a. Submittal sheets one will have a sheet schedule/Index listing what’s on each

sheet being submitted. b. Shop drawings shall be drawn to an indicated scale no less than 1/4” = 1’-0” for

plans and elevations. Details of special interest, sections, anchorage and connections at no less the 1-1/2” = 1’-0”.

J. START-UP AND DEMONSTRATION MANUALS

1. Using the companies that are authorized to service each piece of equipment the

contractor will have the service company’s start-up, service and calibrate each piece of equipment.

2. Provide a factory-trained representative to do start-up and (2) demonstrations of the foodservice equipment.

a. Operation with the people who will be using the equipment daily. b. Maintenance personnel who will be servicing and providing preventive

maintenance on the equipment.

3. Provide final adjustments and calibration of equipment after two to three weeks after the facility has opened and operational.

4. Submit operating and maintenance manuals of all food service equipment upon completion of this portion of work.

5. Prepare list of service agencies authorized by the manufacturer to service the equipment including contact name and telephone number.

6. Refrigeration Lines (if applicable)

Page 78: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 5

a. After final inter-connection to evaporators and refrigeration unit, all systems are to be evacuated to no less than 500 microns with vacuum pump.

b. All systems shall be monitored for no less than 48 hours, during which time calibrations and other adjustment will be made to each system as required. Refrigeration contractor shall come back (2) weeks after walk-ins are in full use and perform a complete test and calibration of systems under operational load.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS

A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF FABRICATION

1. Fabrication shall conform to general acceptance of the food service industry. 2. Fabrication shall meet or exceed National Sanitation Foundation standards including the

latest editions and revisions.

B. Stainless Steel: 1. U.S. standard gauge 18-8 AISI type 300 and 304 with #4 polished finish on any exposed

surface. Provide non-magnetic sheets, free of buckles, waves and surface imperfections. Provide with 430 stainless for exhaust hoods.

C. Galvanized Steel Sheet:

1. Provide U.S. standard gauges, mild cold-rolled low carbon sheets, zinc coated.

D. Laminated Plastic:

1. Shall be veneered with approved waterproof and heatproof cement. Rubber base

adhesives are not acceptable. 2. Shall be applied directly over melamine, plywood or equal. 3. Exposed faces and edges shall be faced with 1/16” thick material. Corresponding backs

shall be covered with approved backing and balancing sheet material.

E. Solid Surface Material: 1. Shall be installed over ¾” plywood per manufacturer’s instructions.

F. Sound Deadening:

1. Heavy-bodied resinous coating, filled with granulated cork or other resilient material,

compounded for permanent, non-flaking adhesion to metal in 1/8” thick coating. 2. Apply to the underside of metal counter tops, drain boards and sinks.

G. Sealants:

1. Provide sealant that when fully cured and washed meets requirements for the Food and

Drug Administration Regulation for use in areas where it comes in contact with food. a. Color to be selected by the architect from the manufacturer’s standard colors.

H. Insulation:

Page 79: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 6

1. For low-temperature applications, such as ice bins or cold pans use urethane, rigid board, foam or foamed-in-place, of not less than 2" (50mm) thick, except that vertical surfaces of cold pans and ice bins may be 1" (251 mm) thick. Insulation shall be bonded at joints to prevent condensation on the exterior.

2. For normal-temperature applications, such as fabricated under-the-counter refrigerators, use Styrofoam material two (2) inches thick, bonded at all joints.

3. For heated-type applications, such as plate warmers, use block-type wool, minimum one (1) inch thick. At counter tops, subject to heat from cooking equipment and/or refrigeration compressors, use one (1) inch thick Marinite or acceptable substitution to insulate the underside of the top.

4. Marinite material shall be added between freezer or refrigerator and 14-gauge stainless steel top.

I. Sinks:

1. Each sink shall be constructed of 14/16 gauge stainless steel with each compartment to

have back, bottom, front and ends formed of one sheet with vertical corners fully welded. 2. Faucet holes to be centered in single compartment sinks and centered over partitions in

multi-compartment sinks. 3. All sinks with an indirect drain(s) to have lever waste drain handle(s) with stainless steel

support bracket(s) and overflow(s).

2.2 WELDING AND SOLDERING

A. Materials 18-guage or heavier shall be welded. B. Seams and joints shall be shop welded or soldered as the nature of the material may require. C. Welds shall be ground smooth and polished to match the original finish. D. The weld shall be cleaned and touched up with high-grade aluminum paint if galvanizing has

been burned off. 2.3 ELECTRICAL WORK

A. Coordinate work with all related trades.

B. Verify electrical requirements. C. All components and assemblies shall bear Underwriter’s Laboratories, Inc. (UL) label. D. All outlets, cords and plugs shall conform to NEMA standards. E. Exposed electrical conduit used in kitchen wet area applications, except for flexible

connections, shall be rigid galvanized steel. Thin wall conduit (EMT) will not be permitted for wet areas.

F. Exposed outlet boxes shall be liquid tight with threaded hubs. G. Contractor shall be responsible for internal wiring of electrical devices, built into or forming an

integral part of fabricated equipment items. Wiring to be in metal conduit to a pull-box tagged for intended use.

H. Each standard item shipped in sections shall be properly connected internally and verified.

Page 80: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 7

I. If light fixtures are specified as part of a piece of equipment then lamps shall be provided unless otherwise specified. If fluorescent light fixtures are specified, all ballasts shall be included and to be provided with on/off controls.

J. All electrical equipment underneath exhaust hoods to be wired to shunt trips breakers.

2.4 WALK-IN COOLERS AND FREEZERS (if applicable)

A. Check job site before installation of walk-in cooler to verify proper dimensions for all trim pieces. B. Refrigeration system includes all inter-connecting refrigeration lines, all materials, labor, Freon,

start-up, calibration and labor warranty. Plus a second calibration 30 days after the kitchen is open and operational.

2.5 FABRICATED WORKMANSHIP

A. The following will not be accepted for fasteners and joints: 1. Exposed screw, bolt heads, rivets 2. Butt joints made by riveting straps under seams and then filled with solder

B. Rolled edges shall be as detailed, with corners bull nosed, ground and polished. C. All stainless steel food service equipment shall have ½ inch or larger radius coves in all

horizontal and vertical corners and intersection per NSF standards.

D. Tables with back splashes shall have a 2” return with a 45 degree angle with lip turned down and Z-clipped and secured to wall.

2.6 EXHAUST HOODS (if applicable)

A. All stainless steel construction. See drawings for size and location of ducts. B. Provide stainless steel closure panels to finished ceiling and closure trim for adjacent walls and

spaces between hoods. C. Bottom of hood to be mounted 6’-6” to 7’-0” above finished floor.

2.7 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS (if applicable)

A. The fire protection system shall conform to NFPA 17A – Standard for Wet Chemical

Extinguishing Systems. B. Provide all surface appliance, hood and duct protection nozzles. C. Piping to run unexposed whenever possible. Any exposed piping to be chrome plated of

sleeved. D. Manual pull station to be place on a path of egress. E. Assembly shall contain 2 sets of normally open/closed contact points. F. Provide mechanical fire-fuel gas shut off valve or electrical solenoid valve for equipment below

hoods and verify size with mechanical engineer. G. Upon completion, the system must be tested in the presence of the enforcing agency. H. Contractor shall be licensed and provide all permits and testing is in this contractor’s scope.

Page 81: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 8

2.8 ENCLOSURES

A. Provide and install enclosure panels for access, secured or removable, on any piece of equipment that houses movable parts.

B. Cover and provide protection for any exposed steam line or condensate line that may be within

reach of operation personnel. PART 3 – EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS 3.1 DISCREPANCIES

A. All discrepancies will be reported and brought to the attention of the contractor and other trades to ensure that corrections are made in a timely manner. Failure to provide complete and accurate information will be at the expense of the supplier.

B. Written specifications supersede model numbers. 3.2 FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT

A. The following is a list showing the foodservice equipment and related items to be installed as indicated on the drawings. 1. Items that are related to the foodservice equipment but not in the proposed KEC’s

contract will be specified to be provided by the GC or the owner. 2. For information and specifications on related items refer to the architect, mechanical and

electrical sections of the drawings and specifications.

B. Item numbers refers to the corresponding item number on foodservice drawings and the foodservice equipment schedule.

Page 82: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

1 A 4 CORNER GUARD BY KEC16 ga. 304 stainless steel corner guards, 2" x 2" x 48" long

1 B 3 WALL CAP BY KEC16 ga. 304 stainless steel wall cap, 2" x wall thickness x 2" x 48" long

2 1 MOP SINK, BASIN TYPE BY OWNER NEW

3 LOT WALL COVERING (NOT SHOWN) BY KEC

4 1 UTILITY FAUCET (NOT SHOWN) BY OWNER EXISTING

5 1 MOP HANGER, WALL-MOUNTED BY GC SEE ARCH

6 1 SOAP DISPENSER (NOT SHOWN) BY OWNER EXISTING

7 1 MOP BUCKET (NOT SHOWN) BY OWNER EXISTING

8 SPARE NUMBER

9 SPARE NUMBER

10 SPARE NUMBER

11 2 FREEZER, REACH-IN, 2-SECTION BY OWNER

Super Deluxe Freezer, reach-in, two-section, 35 cu. ft., self-contained, stainless steel front & side, galvanized back & top of the cabinet, stainless steel interior, hinged solid door with recessed handle, (6) adjustable stainless steel wire shelves, exterior LED digital thermometer, door-open alarm beeps, self-diagnostic monitoring system, smart fuzzy defrost, automatic fan motor delays, door pressure release device, LED interior lighting, self-cleaning condenser equipped, door locks, 4" dia. swivel casters, bottom mount compressor, NSF 7, cETLus, ENERGY STAR®

120/1, 3/4 hp, 10.0 amps, cord and plug, NEMA 5-15P

TURBO AIR: TSF-35SD

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 9

Page 83: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

12 1 FREEZER, REACH-IN, 2-SECTION BY OWNER

Super Deluxe Freezer, reach-in, two-section, 49 cu. ft., self-contained, stainless steel front & side, galvanized back & top of the cabinet, stainless steel interior, hinged solid doors with recessed handles, (6) adjustable stainless steel wire shelves, exterior LED digital thermometer, door-open alarm beeps, self-diagnostic monitoring system, smart fuzzy defrost, automatic fan motor delays, door pressure release device, LED interior lighting, self-cleaning condenser equipped, door locks, 4" dia. swivel casters, bottom mount compressor, 3/4 HP, 115v/60/1, 10.5 amps, NEMA 5-15P, NSF 7, cETLus, cULus, ENERGY STAR®

120/1, 3/4 hp, 10.5 amps, cord and plug, NEMA 5-15P

TURBO AIR: TSF-49SD

13 3 REFRIGERATOR, REACH-IN, 2-SECTION BY OWNER

Super Deluxe Refrigerator, reach-in, two-section, 49 cu. ft., self-contained, stainless steel front & side, galvanized back & top of the cabinet, stainless steel interior, hinged solid doors with recessed handles, (6) adjustable stainless steel wire shelves, exterior LED digital thermometer, door-open alarm beeps, self-diagnostic monitoring system, Turbo cooling, automatic fan motor delays, door pressure release device, LED interior lighting, self-cleaning condenser equipped, door locks, 4" dia. swivel casters, bottom mount compressor, 1/3 HP, 115v/60/1, 9.2 amps, NEMA 5-15P, cETLus, cULus, NSF 7, ENERGY STAR®

120/1, 1/3 hp, 9.2 amps, cord and plug, NEMA 5-15PTURBO AIR: TSR-49SD

14-24 SPARE NUMBER

25 5 WIRE SHELVING UNIT, MOBILE BY OWNER EXISTING

26 A 1 SODA SYSTEM, BAG-N-BOX, PUMP BY OWNER THRU VENDOR

26 B 1 CARBONATOR BY OWNER THRU VENDOR

26 C 2 CO2 BOTTLES BY OWNER THRU VENDOR

26 D 2 CHASEWAY, SODA LINE BY GC

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 10

Page 84: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

27 1 RACK, BUN PAN BY KEC

Bun Pan Rack, standard, 70-1/4"H, 2" spacing, capacity (30) 18" x 26" bun pans, front loading, welded, heavy duty heavy duty aluminum construction, 5" swivel plate caster, two with brakes, with corner bumpers, NSF

CHANNEL: 400A

28 SPARE NUMBER

29 SPARE NUMBER

30 SPARE NUMBER

31 1 HAND SINK, WALL-MOUNTED BY KEC14" x 10" front-to-back x 5" deep bowl, stainless steel construction, with support brackets and splash mounted gooseneck faucet with wrist handles 1/2" hot & cold, direct drainADVANCE TABCO: 7-PS-64

32 1 TABLE WITH SINKS BY KEC16 ga 304 stainless steel top, 30" depth by length shown on plans, with 5"-6" riser back and right end splash, with 2" return to wall at a 45 degree angle, with lip turned down, with z-clips to secure table to wall, with countertop non-drip edge, s/s legs, side & rear dj t bl b i ith (2) d h l 24"adjustable bracing, with (2) undershelves, 24",

adjustable bullet feet, NSFwith a 2-compartment sink: 16"x 20"x 12" deep, with faucet, splash mounted, 8" centers, 10" swivel nozzel, non-splash aerator, wrist action handles (T&S: #B-2342), twist lever waste drain, and overflow (T&S: #B-3940-01), with punch for overflow and s/s bracket for drain handles1/2" hot and cold water, in-direct drainADVANCE TABCO: TKMS-307

33 1 SHELF, WALL-MOUNTED, S/S BY KEC16 ga. 304 stainless steel, wall mounted, 12" wide by length shown on plans, 1-1/2" turned up back and right riser, with support bracketsADVANCE TABCO: WS-12-84-16

34 1 DISPOSER, 1HP BY KECSink mounted, 1-HP motor, 6" throat opening, sink flange with stopper, 3-1/2" opening, cast aluminum housing, standard control panel, automatic reverse with stainless steel housing, vacuum breaker, solenoid valve3/4 cold water, direct drain120/1, 1 hp, 12.3 amps, direct connectionBUSBOY: B1000-SM-MBR-S

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 11

Page 85: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

35 SPARE NUMBER

36 SPARE NUMBER

37 A 1 EXHAUST HOOD, COOKING BY GCHood Dimensions: 132" (inc. utility cabinet) x 48"Hood Finish: 18 guage #430 stainless steel

Exhaust Hood, Type I, exhaust only wall canopy, with separate external make-up air plenum system, exterior shall be constructed of a minimum of 18 gauge #430 s/s, with integral 3 inch air space along wall for NFPA 96 clearance, all seams, joints and penetrations of the hood enclosure shall be welded and/or liquid tight, with fire system cabinet mounted on end of hood, with fire system pre-plumbed into hood, with remote control panel, with remote switches to be mounted in wall at 48" AFF, with filter housing constructed of the same material as the hood, with high efficiency aluminum filters (U.L. 1046 classified and NSF Certified), with drain to removable grease container, with U.L. listed incandescent light fixtures that are pre-wired to a junction box situated at the top of the hood for field connection, wiring shall conform to the requirements for the National Electrical Code (NFPA #70) Built in accordance with an U.L. 710 listing, NFPA Bulletin #96, IMC, UMC and NSFSee Drawings for additional specifications & sizing information.Duct sizes per mechanical plans and specs.Accurex: XBEW

37 B 1 RETURN AIR PLENUEM BY GCReturn Air Plenum, eyebrow, canopy, running full length of hood, mounted to face of exhaust hood, constructed with 18 ga 430 s/s with perforated face, with damper mounted in collarsSee drawings for additional specifications & sizing information.Accurex:

37 C 1 HOOD SWITCHES & CONTROLS (NOT SHOWN) BY GCRemote location, verify

38 A 1 EXHAUST FAN AND DUCT WORK (NOT SHOWN) BY GC

38 B 1 EXHAUST DUCT FIRE SHAFT (NOT SHOWN) BY GC

38 C LOT ROOF PENETRATION & CURB (NOT SHOWN) BY GC

39 1 TEMPERED MAKE-UP AIR FAN (NOT SHOWN) BY GC

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 12

Page 86: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

40 1 FIRE SUPP. SYSTEM WET CHEMICAL BY GCPart of fire system, remote, mounted in utility cabinet

41 A 1 GAS SHUT-OFF VALVE, REMOTE (NOT SHOWN) BY GCPart of fire system (shipped loose)KEC to coordinate location with G.C. & Mech. Contractor

41 B 1 MANUAL PULL STATION, REMOTE (NOT SHOWN) BY GCPart of fire system, KEC to coordinate with electrical contractor

42 1 S/S WALL COVERING & TRIM BY GC20 ga 304 stainless steel that is running the full length of hood and end wall, and from bottom of hood to top of cove base. To include trim to hood and interconnecting s/s trim.ACCUREX / CUSTOM FAB

43 SPARE NUMBER

44 SPARE NUMBER

45 SPARE NUMBER

46 1 RANGE 60" GAS BY KEC46 1 RANGE, 60", GAS BY KEC

Restaurant Range, gas, 60", (2) open burners, (1) 48" griddle on right, (2) standard ovens, thermostat controls, (4) chorme racks, 3" grease trough, removable grease can & crumb tray, stainless steel front, sides, backguard, shelf, landing ledge, with swivel casters two with brakes

With Safety System Moveable Gas Connector Kit, 3/4" inside dia., 48" long, covered with stainless steel braid, coated with blue antimicrobial PVC, 1 SnapFast™ QD, 1 full port valve, (2) 90° elbows, coiled restraining cable with hardware (DORMONT: 1675KIT48)

3/4" gas, 214 MBTUHIMPERIAL: IR-2-G48-T

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 13

Page 87: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

47 1 FRYER, 2-BATTERY, GAS BY KECFryer, gas, floor model, (2) battery, 75 lb. capacity each, built-in filter system, 5.5 GPM roller pump, snap action thermostat, drain station, cabinet, includes: food warmer, dump pan, joiner strips & filter start kit, stainless steel frypot, front, sides, landing ledge, & cabinet, casters, with electric thermostat and optional manifold gas shut-off valve, 3/4"With Safety System Moveable Gas Connector Kit, 3/4" inside dia., 48" long, covered with stainless steel braid, coated with blue antimicrobial PVC, 1 SnapFast™ QD, 1 full port valve, (2) 90° elbows, coiled restraining cable with hardware (DORMONT: 1675KIT48)

3/4" gas, 350 MBTUHA 1 FRYER, BUILT-IN FILTER BY KEC

120/1, 1/3 hp, 6.8 amps, with cord & plugB 1 FRYER, BUILT-IN HEAT LAMP BY KEC

120/1, .900 kw, 7.3 amps, with cord & plugIMPERIAL: IFSCB-275-T

48 1 FREEZER, REACH-IN, 2-SECTION BY KEC

Super Deluxe Freezer, reach-in, two-section, 35 cu. ft., self-contained, stainless steel front & side, galvanized back & top of the cabinet, stainless steel interior, hinged solid door with recessed handle, (6) adjustable stainless steel wire shelves, exterior LED digital thermometer, door open alarm beeps self diagnostic monitoringdoor-open alarm beeps, self-diagnostic monitoring system, smart fuzzy defrost, automatic fan motor delays, door pressure release device, LED interior lighting, self-cleaning condenser equipped, door locks, 4" dia. swivel casters, locks on the front, bottom mount compressor

120/1, 3/4 hp, 10.0 amps, cord & plugTURBO AIR: TSF-35SD

49 SPARE NUMBER

50 SPARE NUMBER

51 1 SANDWICH PREP, 2-SECTION, MOBILE BY KECSuper Deluxe Sandwich/Salad Unit, Mega Top, two-section, 15 cu. ft., stainless steel top with 18-pan opening, (2) stainless steel doors with recessed handles, stainless steel interior & exterior, ABS door liner, (2) stainless steel wire shelving, cold air compartment, insulated pan cover, cutting board side rail, hot gas condensate system, 4" casters, self-contained rear mounted refrigeration system, with s/s double overshelf (#TSOS-4R)120/1, 1/3 hp, 6.5 amps, with cord & plugTURBO AIR: TST-48SD-18

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 14

Page 88: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

52 1 SERVING COUNTER, HOT, 3-WELL, MOBILE BY KECHeavy Duty Sealed Well Hot Food Table, electric, 47-1/8"W x 35-3/4"D x 35-1/2"H, (3) 12" x 20" hot food insulated wells (accommodates pan inserts up to 6-1/4" deep), individual thermostatic controls, manifold drain, stainless steel dish shelf with 3/8" thick poly cutting board, enclosed front & sides with rear open storage, removable front panel, with double overshelves and 5" casters, UL, NSF120/1, 16.0 amps, cord and NEMA 5-20PADVANCE TABCO: HDSW-3-120-BS

53 1 ELECTRICAL CHASEWAY FROM CEILING BY KECChaseway, 18 ga 304 stainless steel utility chaseway, 3" x 3" x length shown on plans, running from 6" above ceiling (attached to structure with uni-strut) to below table top, with s/s trim at ceiling, with removable access panel on open endADVANCE TABCO OR CUSTOM FAB

54 SPARE NUMBER

55 SPARE NUMBER

56 1 WIRE SHELVING UNIT, MOBILE BY KECShelving units, 5-tier, epoxy coated, 21"x 48", with 66" high post , with 5" diameter swivel casters, locking,

ith t b NSFwithout bumpers, NSF(1) 21"x48"NEXEL:

57 1 3-COMPARTMENT SINK BY KECFabricated NSF Sink, 3-compartment, 24" right & left drainboards, left side splash, bowl size 18" x 24" x 14" deep, 16 gauge 304 series stainless steel, tile edge splash, rolled edge, faucet holes on 8" centers, stainless steel legs, 1" adjustable stainless steel bullet feet, NSF, overall 30" F/B x 102" L/Rwith Sink Mixing Faucet, with 14" swing nozzle, wall mounted, 8" centers on Sink Faucet, with 1/2" IPS eccentric flanged female inlets, lever handless (T&S: #B-2299) and waste valve, twist handle, 3" sink opening, 2" drain outlet with 1-1/2" adapter and overflow assembly (T&S: #B-3940-01)1/2" hot and cold, in-direct drainADVANCE TABCO: FC-3-1824-24RL

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 15

Page 89: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

58 1 POT RACK, WALL-MOUNTED BY KEC

Double bar design, 96"W x 12"D, constructed of 1/4" x 2" stainless steel, includes: (18) plated double pot hooks

ADVANCE TABCO: SW-96

59 1 HAND SINK, WALL-MOUNTED BY KEC14" x 10" front-to-back x 5" deep bowl, stainless steel construction, with support brackets and splash mounted gooseneck faucet with wrist handles 1/2" hot & cold, direct drainADVANCE TABCO: 7-PS-64

60 SPARE NUMBER

61 thru 69 SPARE NUMBER

70 1 TABLE, LANDING BY KEC16 ga. 304 stainless steel top, 30" depth by length shown on plans, with 1-1/2" turned up backsplash , with 18 ga. undershelf, stainless steel legs, with casters, 5" diameter, set of 4, 2 with brakes, NSFADVANCE TABCO: FMS-302-TA-61

71 1 OVEN, CONVEYOR, ELEC. BY KECHigh h Conveyor 2020™ Conveyor Oven, Rapid Cook, electric countertop single deck 20" wide belt 20" cookelectric, countertop, single deck, 20 wide belt, 20 cook chamber, variable speed motor, idle mode, built-in self diagnostics, smart voltage sensor technology, cool to touch covers and panels, stainless steel front, top, sides and back,stainless steel interior, with literature, CD, for ovens and daily cleaning poster, cULus, CE, UL-EPH Classified, ANSI/NSF 4, TUV (ventless)

With Cart, HhC 2020, Single, 35.8", with locking casters (HCT-3004-1) and kit for ventless retrofit (HCT-3005)

208/3, 40.0 amps, with cord & plug, NEMA 15-50PTURBOCHEF: HHC2020 VNTLSS

72 1 PIZZA PREP, REFRIGERATED, MOBILE BY KEC

Super Deluxe Pizza Prep Table, one-section, 14 cu. ft., self-cleaning condenser device equipped, stainless steel top with refrigeration pan rail, (6) condiment pans included, 19-1/4" deep removable cutting board, stainless steel interior and exterior, ABS door liner, insulated pan cover, (1) door with recessed handles, (2) stainless steel shelves, 4" casters, locks on the front, side-mount, self-contained, with half size pan rack (TSP-2224) and overshelf (TSOS-P4)

120/1, 1/4 hp, 6.3 amps, cord & plug, NEMA 5-15PTURBO AIR: TPR-44SD

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 16

Page 90: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

73 SPARE NUMBER

74 SPARE NUMBER

75 1 POPCORN POPPER BY OWNER 121 LBSCitation Popcorn Machine, deluxe 16 oz. Unimaxx kettle, forced air popcorn crisping system, stainless steel dome, , NSF120/1, 1.920 kw, NEMA 5-20PGOLD MEDAL: 2001ST

76 1 HEATED SHELF, FOOD WARMER BY KECHeated Shelf, Designer, Free-standing, built-in adjustable thermostat, hardcoat aluminum top & blanket type foil element, designer exterior panels & corner caps, 4" legs220/1, 800w, 6.7 amps, NEMA 5-15PHATCO: GR2S-54

77 1 SNEEZE GUARD WITH FOOD WARMER / LIGHT BY KEC75"L, full service, (2) end panels, 1/4" thick tempered glass shield & 3/8" thick tempered glass shelf, flanged feet, powder coated finishWith Glo-Ray® Infrared Foodwarmer, high wattage, tubular metal heater rod with lights, single heater rod housing, aluminum construction, NSF, cUL, UL (HATCO: GRAHL-72)120/208 volt, 1 phase, 2.085 kw, 11.3 amps, direct ATLAS: AT6F-5

78 SPARE NUMBER

79 1 WIRE SHELVING UNIT, UNDERCOUNTER BY KECShelving units, 2-tier, epoxy coated, 21" x 48", with 14" high post , with 5" diameter swivel casters, locking, without bumpers, NSF(1) 21"x48"NEXEL:

80 1 WARMING CABINET, UNDERCOUNTER BY KEC

Flav-R-Savor® Holding Cabinet, Mobile Heated, thermostatically-controlled heat, electrical components, water reservoir, insulated, (1) door, digital temperature readout, adjustable humidity & temperature, (7) adjustable removable slides for 18" x 26" or 12" x 20" pans, slides on 1-1/2" centers, casters, low profile in lieu of standard casters, (for 32-3/4"H)

120/1, 1.7 kw, 14.1 amps, NEMA 5-15PHATCO: FSHC-7-1

81 SPARE NUMBER

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 17

Page 91: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

82 1 POS SYSTEM BY OWNER

83 1 CREDIT CARD MACHINE/PRINTER BY OWNER

84 1 WARMING DRAWER, UNDERCOUNTER BY KECFree Standing, two drawers, includes (1) standard 6" deep food pan per drawer per drawer, stainless steel construction, thermostatic controls, casters, 5" diameter, locking120/1, 900w, 7.5 amps, NEMA 5-15PHATCO: HDW-2

85 1 MENU BOARD (NOT SHOWN) BY OWNERMounted on soffit

86 2 TRASH CAN BY OWNER

87 1 SANDWICH/SALAD PREP, 3-SECTION BY KEC

Top, three-section, 23 cu. ft., stainless steel top with 30-pan opening, (3) stainless steel doors with recess handles, stainless steel interior & exterior, ABS door liner, (3) stainless steel wire shelving, cold air compartment, insulated pan cover, cutting board side rail, hot gas condensate system, 4" casters, locks on the front, self-contained rear mounted refrigeration system

120/1, 1/2 hp, 9.9 amps, NEMA 5-15PTURBO AIR: TST-72SD-30

88 1 OPEN MERCHANDISER, REFRIGERATED BY KEC

Specialty Display High Profile Self-Serve Refrigerated Merchandiser, 47"W x 35"D x 78”H, self contained refrigeration with condensate evaporator, energy saving night curtain, top light, (4) tiers of adjustable black metal shelves, stainless steel display deck, black interior, tempered glass ends, choice of laminate, with rear access doors, Rollco security roll-up cover and casters

120/208 volt, 1 ph, 3/4 hp, 13.0 amps, cord and plugFEDERAL INDUSTRIES: RSSM-478SC

89 LOT PONY WALL BY GC SEE ARCH

90 1 COUNTERTOP, STAINLESS STEEL BY KEC14 ga 304 stainless steel, 36" wide by 11'-4", with reinforced hat channel under top, with s/s legs, gusset & adjustable foot flanges to secure to floorADVANCE TABCO OR CUSTOM FAB

91 LOT PONY WALL BY GC SEE ARCH

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 18

Page 92: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

92 1 COUNTERTOP, STAINLESS STEEL BY KEC14 ga 304 stainless steel, 36" wide by 9'-6", with reinforced hat channel under top, with s/s legs, gusset & adjustable foot flanges to secure to floorADVANCE TABCO OR CUSTOM FAB

93 SPARE NUMBER

94 SPARE NUMBER

95 2 BEVERAGE COUNTER WITH SINK BY KEC

168"W x 36"D, cabinet base with midshelf, hinged doors, 14 gauge 304 series stainless steel top with bullnose on all sides, reinforced understructure, with 5"H backsplash, stainless steel legs with flanged feet, filler panel on sides, removable s/s kick plate on front, with 12" x 12' cut out in undershelf (will require field bolting due to size), with 16" x 20" x 8" deep sink, with support bracket, for lever waste drain handle, NSF

With workboard faucet, deck mount, 8" center, swing gooseneck, aerator, wrist action handles (T&S: B-1149)

With waste valve, twist handle, 3" sink opening, 2" drain outlet with 1-1/2" adapter and overflow assembly (T&S: B-3940-01)1/2" hot and cold, in-direct drainADVANCE TABCO OR CUSTOM FAB

96 A 1 SODA & ICE BEVERAGE DISPENSER BY OWNER THRU VENDOR

96 B 1 ICE MAKER, TOP-MOUNTED BY OWNER THRU VENDOR

96 C 1 WATER FILTER ASSEMBLY SYSTEM BY OWNER THRU VENDOR

97 1 TEA BREWER WITH DISPENSER BY KEC

Iced Tea Brewer, fresh brew, automatic, 5 gallon economy capacity, single brewer, 34-1/4" H, 8-1/2" W x 18-3/16" D, external bypass system, ready-to-brew light, on/off switch, built-in flow control (20-90 psi), no-drip faucet, stainless steel construction, NSF, UL

with Iced Tea Dispenser, 5-gallon capacity, 22-3/8" H, 10-3/8" W x 14-7/8" D, round, 7" to 8" clearance no-drip removable faucet, brew-through plastic lid, with handles, stainless steel construction, portable design, NSF (#8802-5G)1/2" cold water 120/1, 1.515 kw, 13.0 amps, BLOOMFIELD: 8740-5G

98 SPARE NUMBER

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 19

Page 93: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

99 1 COFFEE BREWER BY KEC

Thermal Coffee Brewer, automatic, electro-mechanical controls, (2) brewing volumes - 1 & 1-1/2 gallon, "ready-to-brew" indicator light, thermostat with full-length stainless steel sensing bulb, independent front-mounted hot water faucet, water valve with built-in flow control (20-80 psi), liquid level sensor, stainless steel construction, with 6" legs, s/s, adjustable up to 8" (#21607), NSF, UL

With (2) Thermal Server, Deluxe, single, 1.5 gallon, 12-9/10" H, 8-1/2" W x 17-2/5" D, brew-through, front-mounted sight gauge, brushed in stainless steel exterior, stainless steel interior (#7757-D)1/2" cold water120/208v (4-wire), 4.500 kw, 22.0 ampsBLOOMFIELD: 8790TF-240V

100 SPARE NUMBER

101 SPARE NUMBER

102 2 CONDIMENT CADDY BY KEC3-tier, with stir stick holder, 9"D x 7-1/2"W x 20"HBLOOMFIELD: 3011-CONDHLD

103 2 MERCHANDISER WIRE RACK, FLOOR MODEL BY OWNER THRU VENDOR

104 4 TRASH CAN BY OWNER

105 SPARE NUMBER

106 1 TABLE, WORK BY KECWork Table, 24"W x 30"D, cabinet base with midshelf & hinged doors, 14 gauge 304 series stainless steel top, without backsplash, stainless steel legs with adjustable hex feet, NSFADVANCE TABCO: HB-SS-303M-TA-61

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 20

Page 94: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

107 1 MERCHANDISER, FREEZER, 2-SECTION BY OWNER

Super Deluxe Glass Merchandiser Freezer, two section, 46.2 cu. ft., self-contained, self-cleaning condenser device equipped, (2) triple pane heated glass doors, (8) adjustable PE coated wire shelves, digital temp. controller, self-diagnostic monitoring system, auto-detect of malfunction & early warning program, automatic fan motor delays, Turbo freezing, solenoid valve, smart defrosting, automatic condenser cleaning function, door open alarm, early warning system, door lock, LED interior lighting, LED LGP advertising panel, white interior, specify exterior cabinet color, bottom mount compressor, black cabinet exterior

120/1, 1-1/4 hp, 11.7 amps, cord with NEMA 5-20PTURBO AIR: TGF-47SD

108 1 MERCHANDISER, REFRIGERATOR, 2-SECTION BY OWNER

Super Deluxe Refrigerated Glass Merchandiser, two-section, 46.2 cu. ft., self-contained, self-cleaning condenser device equipped (please check for the stock availability), (2) double pane Low-E glass doors, (8) adjustable PE coated wire shelves, exterior digital thermometer & controller, door opening alarm, self-diagnostic monitoring system, auto-detect of malfunction & early warning program, automatic fan motor delays, hot gas condensate system, Turbo cooling, sound g y , g,system, door lock, LED interior lighting, LED LGP advertising panel, white interior, specify exterior cabinet color, bottom mount compressor, black cabinet exterior

120/1, 1/3 hp, 7.5 amps, with cord and NEMA 5-15PTURBO AIR: TGM-47SD

109 2 WORK TABLE, CABINET BASE, S/S BY KEC

Work Table, 72"W x 30"D, cabinet base with midshelf & hinged doors, 14 gauge 304 series stainless steel top, bullnose all sides, without backsplash, stainless steel legs with adjustable hex feet, NSF

ADVANCE TABCO: HB-SS-306M

110 1 SLIDING SECURITY GRILLE BY GC SEE ARCH

111 1 COUNTER, SEATING AREA BY GC SEE ARCH

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 21

Page 95: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 - FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU -Student Union Kitchen Renovation

# A/B QTY DESCRIPTION PROVIDED BY REMARKS

112 2 MICROWAVE BY KEC

Pro Commercial Microwave Oven, 1000 Watts, 0.8 cu. ft. capacity, single shelf, electronic auto-reset 6-minute dial timer, bottom energy feed, stainless steel front & left hinged door, cavity dimensions; 13"H x 13"W x 8-1/16"D, 120v/60/1-ph, 13.4 amps, UL, ETL, NSF

120/1, 1.000 kw, 13.4 amps, with cord and plugPANASONIC: NE-1025

113 SPARE NUMBER

114 SPARE NUMBER

(not for construction) 11 4000.00 - 22

Page 96: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 23

PART 4 – EXECUTION 4.1 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Coordinate size of access openings and installation locations.

B. Deliver materials to job site in a timely manner (not more than 30 days before scheduled

installation) to ensure uninterrupted progress.

C. All major pieces of equipment and pre-assembled components shall have a protective wrapping, such as, polyethylene or heavy craft paper to protect factory finish.

D. Deliver equipment and store in a manner to protect against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical damage.

E. Deliver all stainless steel with protective coating on exposed surfaces.

F. Promptly remove any damaged materials from the job site and immediately make all necessary replacements, at contractors’ expense, with approval from the architect.

G. If applicable, do not deliver millwork fixtures until area is enclosed and protected from large variations in temperature and humidity.

H. Where practical, deliver equipment in one piece. Where delivery in one piece is impractical, deliver in sections and assemble in position.

4.2 INSPECTION

A. Rough-In Work:

1. Examine the rough-ins of mechanical and electrical services that are by others, and

the installation of floors, walls, and ceilings by others, and the conditions under which the work is to be done; and verify dimensions of the services and substrate before fabricating the work.

2. Notify Contractor of unsatisfactory conditions for the proper installation of the food service equipment.

3. Do not proceed with the fabrication and installation until unsatisfactory conditions and dimensions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer.

B. Cut all holes in fixtures necessary for piping, conduit, traps, and similar equipment; and

locate valves, controls, and switches for convenient connection and operation.

C. Delay the start-up of foodservice equipment until service lines have been tested, balanced and adjusted for pressure, voltage, and similar considerations; and until water lines have been cleaned and treated for sanitation.

4.3 INSTALLATION

A. A competent superintendent, representing the Contractor shall be present during

progress of the work.

B. Protection of Work and Materials: 1. Cover and protect work and materials from damage. Cover top surfaces with

plywood or heavy tri-wall corrugated cardboard until final cleanup.

Page 97: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 24

2. Scratched, marred or deformed surfaces will not be accepted.

3. Be responsible during the progress of the project o protect equipment against theft and/or damage until final acceptance by the owner.

4. Prefabricated walk-in boxes, on site and installed I advance of the rest to the equipment, shall not be used for general storage by other trades and shall be locked before leaving the site. Damage and/or theft resulting from failure to secure boxes will be repaired and/or replaced at the contractor’s expense.

C. Complete shop fabricated equipment, set in place and level, ready for final mechanical

and electrical connections.

D. Provide removable panels for access to mechanical and electrical service connections, which are concealed behind or within the foodservice equipment; but only where access in not otherwise possible.

E. Treat enclosed spaces (inaccessible after equipment is installed) by covering horizontal surfaces with powdered borax at a uniform rate of 4 ounces per square foot.

F. Seal joints between equipment, walls, and floor with waterproof mildew resistant general electric silicone construction sealant of color selected, using primers, backing rods, etc., as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.

G. Maintain work area clean, free of debris, crates, and papers.

H. Repair damage to the building and to other equipment resulting from this work.

4.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Lubricate equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Test each item of operational equipment o demonstrate that it is operating properly and

that controls and safety devices are functioning. Run test in the presence of owner’s operating personnel and extend test to fully instruct operators in the proper use and maintenance of each item of equipment.

C. Repair or replace equipment that is found to be defective in its operation, including units that are below capacity or operating with excessive noise or vibration.

D. Schedule testing and start-up as directed by contractor.

4.5 TRIMMING, PAINTING AND SEALING EQUIPMENT A. Any space between units to walls, ceilings, floors and adjoining units, not portable, shall

be completely sealed against entrance of food particles or vermin by means of trim strips, welding, soldering, or commercial joint material suitable to the nature of the equipment.

B. Sealer, when not exposed to extreme heat, shall be silicone construction sealant in

appropriate color.

C. Ends of hollow sections shall be closed. D. Enclosed fixtures without legs mounted on masonry bases or floor shall be sealed

watertight to base or floor.

E. Paint all backstop frameworks per color schedule.

Page 98: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 25

4.6 CUTTING AND FITTING A. Cutting and fitting required on the equipment by subcontractors to make their work fit.

B. Should any repairs to food service equipment be required due to neglect of other

contractors, all extra charges and all anticipated repairs shall be noted in writing before work is performed. In case this Contractor does not follow this procedure, the expense shall be borne by him.

C. No cutting, notching, drilling, or altering of any kind shall be done to the building without first obtaining permission.

4.7 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. After completion of installation and completion of other major work in the food service

area, but before scheduled testing and startup, remove protective coverings and clean the food service equipment internally and externally. 1. Restore exposed and semi-exposed finishes to remove marks, abrasions, and other

damage. 2. Replace work, which cannot be acceptably restored.

B. Final cleaning: After testing and startup, clean and sanitize the food service equipment

and leave it in a condition ready for use in food service.

4.8 START-UP AND DEMONSTATION A. Using the companies that are authorized to service each piece of equipment the

contractor will have the service company’s start-up, service and calibrate each piece of equipment.

B. Provide a factory-trained representative to start-up and do two demonstrations, listed below, of the equipment. 1. Operation with the people who will be using the equipment daily. 2. Maintenance personnel who will be serving and providing preventive maintenance

on the equipment.

C. Provide final adjustments and calibration of equipment after two to three weeks after the facility has opened and operational.

D. Submit operating and maintenance manuals of all food service equipment upon completion of this portion of work.

E. Prepare list of service agencies authorized by the manufacturer to service the equipment including contact name and telephone number.

F. Refrigeration Lines 1. After final inter-connection to evaporators and refrigeration unit, all systems are to

be evacuated to no less than 500 microns with vacuum pump. 2. All systems shall be monitored for no less than 48 hours, during which time

calibrations and other adjustment will be made to each system as required. Refrigeration contractor shall come back (2) weeks after walk-ins are in full use and perform a complete test and calibration of systems under operational load.

Page 99: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 11 4000.00 – FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT NMSU - Student Union Kitchen Renovation

11 4000.00 - 26

4.9 CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTS A. The following must be supplied to the Architect before final acceptance.

1. Project records, documents, keys and manuals.

2. Provide all warranties filled out and ready to be mailed to manufacturer.

3. Provide list of all equipment supplied listing all serial numbers, model numbers with

local authorized service agencies and phone numbers. A copy of this list will also be inserted I the front of the operation and maintenance manual binder.

4. Operation and Maintenance Manuals (O&M) and keys will be supplied to the owner or owners’ representative on all equipment supplied.

END OF SECTION 11 4000.00

Page 100: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SIMULATED STONE COUNTERTOPS 12 3661

SECTION 12 3661 - SIMULATED STONE COUNTERTOPS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Fully adhered engineered stone panels.

1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For wall panel materials.

B. Shop Drawings: For panels- Show materials, attachment methods, finishes, edge profiles, methods of joining, etc.

C. Samples: For each type of material exposed to view.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ENGINEERED STONE PANELS

A. Configuration: Provide with the following front and backsplash style:

1. Wall Panels: 1 cm thick, quartz agglomerate, Straight, slightly eased at top

2. Countertop and backsplash Panels: 2 cm thick, quartz agglomerate, Straight, slightly eased at top. Countertop to have 4 cm exposed front and side edges

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Quartz Agglomerate: Solid sheets consisting of quartz aggregates bound together with a matrix of filled plastic resin and complying with the "Physical Characteristics of Materials" Article of ANSI SS1.

1. Basis-of-Design Product: “Toffee” by Silestone as shown on the drawings, or comparable product by one of the following:

a. Cambria.

b. LG Chemical, Ltd.

2. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from Manufacturer’s full line.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Fasten countertops by adhering to substrate with approved adhesive. Align adjacent surfaces and, form seams to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Carefully

dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface.

END OF SECTION

Page 101: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 1

SECTION 22 1116 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes domestic water piping from locations indicated to fixtures and equipment inside the building.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.

B. PA: Polyamide (nylon) plastic.

C. PE: Polyethylene plastic.

D. PEX: Crosslinked polyethylene plastic.

E. PP: Polypropylene plastic.

F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide components and installation capable of producing domestic water piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Domestic Water Service Piping: 100 psig. 2. Domestic Water Distribution Piping: 80 psig.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

Page 102: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 2

B. Comply with NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances," and NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for combined fire-protection and domestic water service piping to building.

C. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic, potable domestic water piping and components. Include marking "NSF-pw" on piping.

D. Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components-Health Effects; Sections 1 through 9," for potable domestic water piping and components.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Transition Couplings for Aboveground Pressure Piping: Coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

B. Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: AWWA C219, metal, sleeve-type coupling or other manufactured fitting the same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

2.2 COPPER TUBING

A. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types K and L, water tube, annealed temper.

1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.

2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping.

3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends.

B. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Types L and M, water tube, drawn temper.

1. Copper Pressure Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought- copper, solder-joint fittings. Furnish wrought-copper fittings if indicated.

2. Bronze Flanges: ASME B16.24, Class 150, with solder-joint end. Furnish Class 300 flanges if required to match piping.

3. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, cast-copper-alloy, hexagonal-stock body, with ball-and-socket, metal-to-metal seating surfaces and solder-joint or threaded ends.

4. Copper, Grooved-End Fittings: ASTM B 75 copper tube or ASTM B 584 bronze castings.

a. Copper-Tubing, Keyed Couplings: Copper-tube dimensions and design similar to AWWA C606. Include ferrous housing sections, gasket suitable for hot water, and bolts and nuts.

2.3 PEX PIPING

A. PEX Tube: ASTM F 876, SDR 9.

Page 103: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 3

1. Brass Fittings: Insert type with corrosion-resistant metal bands.

B. PEX Distribution System: ASTM F 877, SDR 9 tubing.

1. Fittings for PEX Tube: Brass insert type with metal bands or brass or plastic compression type complying with ASTM F 877 and matching PEX tube dimensions.

2. Manifold: Multiple-outlet, plastic or corrosion-resistant-metal assembly complying with ASTM F 877 and with plastic or corrosion-resistant-metal valve for each outlet.

2.4 VALVES

A. Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for bronze and cast-iron, general-duty valves.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Flanges may be used on aboveground piping, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Grooved joints may be used on aboveground grooved-end piping.

D. Fitting Option: Mechanically formed tee-branch outlets and brazed joints may be used on aboveground copper tubing.

E. Underground Domestic Water Service Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range:

1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Soft copper tube, Type K; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

2. NPS 2 and Smaller: PEX tube; brass fittings; and mechanical, compression or banded joints.

3. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Soft copper tube, Type K; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

F. Aboveground Domestic Water Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range:

1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints.

2. NPS 2: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and soldered joints. 3. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Hard copper tube, Type L; copper pressure fittings; and

soldered joints. 4. NPS 4 to NPS 6: Steel pipe; gray-iron, threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 5. NPS 4 to NPS 6: Steel pipe with grooved ends; steel-piping, grooved-end fittings; steel-

piping, keyed couplings; and grooved joints. 6. NPS 8: Steel pipe with grooved ends; steel-piping, grooved-end fittings; steel-piping,

keyed couplings; and grooved joints.

Page 104: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 4

3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Extend domestic water service piping to exterior water distribution piping in sizes and locations indicated.

B. Install underground copper tubing according to CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook."

C. Install underground PEX tubing according to ASTM D 2774 and ASTM F 645.

D. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals.

E. Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for wall penetration systems.

F. Install shutoff valve, hose-end drain valve, strainer, pressure gage, and test tee with valve, inside building at each domestic water service.

G. Install water-pressure regulators downstream from shutoff valves. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for water-pressure regulators.

H. Install aboveground domestic water piping level and plumb.

I. Fill water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water.

J. Perform the following steps before operation:

1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and plugs used for temporary sealing of

piping during installation. 5. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 6. Remove filter cartridges from housings, and verify that cartridges are as specified for

application where used and that cartridges are clean and ready for use.

K. Check plumbing equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. Do not operate water heaters before filling with water.

L. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation.

1. Water-Pressure Regulators: Set outlet pressure at 80 psig maximum, unless otherwise indicated.

M. Energize pumps and verify proper operation.

Page 105: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 5

3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Soldered Joints: Use ASTM B 813, water-flushable, lead-free flux; ASTM B 32, lead-free-alloy solder; and ASTM B 828 procedure, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Grooved Joints: Assemble joints with keyed-coupling housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Mechanically Formed Outlets: Form tee in copper tube according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions. Use tool designed for copper tube; drill pilot hole, form collar for outlet, dimple tube to form seating stop, and braze branch tube into collar.

3.4 ROUGHING-IN FOR WATER METERS

A. Rough-in domestic water piping according to utility company's requirements. Water meters will be furnished by utility.

3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Install sectional valve close to water main on each branch and riser serving plumbing fixtures or equipment. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

B. Install shutoff valve on each water supply to equipment and on each water supply to plumbing fixtures without supply stops. Use ball or gate valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly or gate valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

C. Install drain valves for equipment, at base of each water riser, at low points in horizontal piping, and where required to drain water piping.

1. Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains, risers, and branches. 2. Install stop-and-waste drain valves where indicated.

D. Install balancing valve in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow. Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller and butterfly valves for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. Refer to Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for balancing valves.

E. Install calibrated balancing valves in each hot-water circulation return branch and discharge side of each pump and circulator. Set calibrated balancing valves partly open to restrict but not stop flow.

3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Install the following:

1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:

a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.

Page 106: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 6

b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

B. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

C. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, to a minimum of 3/8 inch.

D. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/4 and Smaller: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2: 11 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 5. NPS 3 and NPS 3-1/2: 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8-inch rod. 7. NPS 6: 12 feet with 3/4-inch rod. 8. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 12 feet with 7/8-inch rod.

E. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet.

F. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 3/4 and Smaller: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1 and NPS 1-1/4: 72 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 96 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2: 108 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 5. NPS 3 to NPS 5: 10 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 6. NPS 6: 10 feet with 5/8-inch rod. 7. NPS 8: 10 feet with 3/4-inch rod.

G. Install supports for vertical copper tubing every 10 feet.

3.7 CONNECTIONS

A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Install piping adjacent to equipment and machines to allow service and maintenance.

C. Connect domestic water piping to exterior water service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

D. Connect domestic water piping to service piping with shutoff valve, and extend and connect to the following:

1. Booster Systems: Cold-water suction and discharge piping. 2. Water Heaters: Cold-water supply and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not

smaller than sizes of water heater connections.

Page 107: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 7

3. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot-water supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code.

4. Equipment: Cold- and hot-water supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect domestic water piping as follows:

1. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction:

a. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.

b. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

3. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

4. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Test domestic water piping as follows:

1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.

2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.

3. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.

4. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.

5. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

3.9 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide adequate flow.

1. Manually adjust ball-type balancing valves in hot-water-circulation return piping to provide flow of hot water in each branch.

2. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated.

Page 108: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

DOMESTIC WATER PIPING 22 1116 - 8

3.10 CLEANING

A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows:

1. Purge new piping and parts of existing domestic water piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using.

2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if methods are not prescribed, procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as described below:

a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets.

b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following:

1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours.

2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours.

c. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time.

d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination.

B. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities.

C. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

END OF SECTION

Page 109: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 1

SECTION 22 1316 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes soil and waste, sanitary drainage and vent piping inside the building and to locations indicated.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic and rubber piping materials:

1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic. 2. EPDM: Ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer. 3. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber. 4. PE: Polyethylene plastic. 5. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems with the following minimum working-pressure ratings, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: 10-foot head of water. 2. Sanitary Sewer, Force-Main Piping: 50 psig.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For pipe, tube, fittings, and couplings.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

B. Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping; "NSF-drain" for plastic drain piping; "NSF-tubular" for plastic continuous waste piping; and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping.

Page 110: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Flexible Transition Couplings for Underground Nonpressure Piping: ASTM C 1173 with elastomeric sleeve. Include ends of same sizes as piping to be joined and include corrosion-resistant metal band on each end.

B. Transition Couplings for Underground Pressure Piping: AWWA C219 metal, sleeve-type coupling or other manufactured fitting same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

2.2 CAST-IRON SOIL PIPING

A. Hub-and-Spigot Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 74, Service class.

1. Gaskets: ASTM C 564, rubber.

B. Hubless Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A 888 or CISPI 301.

1. Couplings: ASTM C 1277 assembly of metal housing, corrosion-resistant fasteners, and ASTM C 564 rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop.

a. Heavy-Duty, Type 304, Stainless-Steel Couplings: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel shield; stainless-steel bands; and sleeve.

1) NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 4: 3-inch- wide shield with 4 bands. 2) NPS 5 to NPS 10: 4-inch- wide shield with 6 bands.

b. Heavy-Duty, FM-Approved Couplings: ASTM A 666, Type 304, stainless-steel housing; stainless-steel bands; and sleeve.

1) NPS 1-1/2 to NPS 4: 3-inch- wide housing with 2 bands. 2) NPS 5 to NPS 10: 4-inch- wide housing with 2 bands.

c. Heavy-Duty, Cast-Iron Couplings: ASTM A 48, 2-piece, cast-iron housing; stainless-steel bolts and nuts; and sleeve.

2.3 ABS PIPING

A. ABS Pipe: ASTM D 2661, Schedule 40, solid wall.

1. ABS Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2661, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns.

B. Cellular-Core, ABS Pipe: ASTM F 628, Schedule 40.

1. ABS Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2661, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns.

Page 111: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 3

C. ABS Special Fittings: ASTM F 409, drainage-pattern tube and tubular fittings with ends as required for application.

2.4 PVC PIPING

A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, solid-wall drain, waste, and vent.

1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, socket type, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns.

B. Cellular-Core, Schedule 40, PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Schedule 40.

1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe.

C. Cellular-Core, Sewer and Drain Series, PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Series PS 100.

1. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Series PS 100 sewer and drain pipe.

D. PVC Special Fittings: ASTM F 409, drainage-pattern tube and tubular fittings with ends as required for application.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure ratings may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Flanges may be used on aboveground pressure piping, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping: Use the following piping materials for each size range:

1. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: Use NPS 1-1/2 hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the following:

a. Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 304, stainless steel. b. Couplings: Heavy-duty, FM approved cast iron.

2. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: Steel pipe; cast-iron, threaded drainage fittings; and threaded joints.

3. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 4. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: Cellular-core, ABS pipe; ABS socket fittings; and solvent-

cemented joints. 5. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 6. NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 1-1/2: Cellular-core, Schedule 40, PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings;

and solvent-cemented joints. 7. NPS 2 to NPS 4: Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 8. NPS 2 to NPS 4: Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the following:

a. Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 304, stainless steel.

Page 112: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 4

b. Couplings: Heavy-duty, FM approved cast iron.

9. NPS 2 to NPS 4: ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 10. NPS 2 to NPS 4: Cellular-core, ABS pipe; ABS socket fittings; and solvent-cemented

joints. 11. NPS 2 to NPS 4: PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 12. NPS 2 to NPS 4: Cellular-core, Schedule 40, PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings; and solvent-

cemented joints. 13. NPS 5 and NPS 6: Service class, cast-iron soil piping; gaskets; and gasketed joints. 14. NPS 5 and NPS 6: Hubless, cast-iron soil piping and one of the following:

a. Couplings: Heavy-duty, Type 304, stainless steel. b. Couplings: Heavy-duty, FM approved cast iron.

15. NPS 5 and NPS 6: Use NPS 6 ABS pipe, ABS socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

16. NPS 5 and NPS 6: Use NPS 6 cellular-core, ABS pipe; ABS socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.

17. NPS 5 and NPS 6: Use NPS 6 PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

18. NPS 5 and NPS 6: Cellular-core, Schedule 40, PVC pipe; PVC socket fittings; and solvent-cemented joints.

3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers.

B. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary force-main piping.

C. Install cast-iron sleeve with water stop and mechanical sleeve seal at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Select number of interlocking rubber links required to make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals.

D. Install wall penetration system at each service pipe penetration through foundation wall. Make installation watertight. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for wall penetration systems.

E. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

1. Encase underground piping with PE film according to ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105.

F. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.

G. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream.

Page 113: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 5

Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.

H. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger.

2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.

I. Install force mains at elevations indicated.

J. Install engineered soil and waste drainage and vent piping systems in locations indicated and as follows:

1. Combination Waste and Vent: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Cast-Iron, Sovent, Single Stack: Comply with ASSE 1043 and sovent fitting

manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Reduced-Size Venting: Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction.

K. Sleeves are not required for cast-iron soil piping passing through concrete slabs-on-grade if slab is without membrane waterproofing.

L. Install ABS soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2661.

M. Install PVC soil and waste drainage and vent piping according to ASTM D 2665.

N. Install underground ABS and PVC soil and waste drainage piping according to ASTM D 2321.

O. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Cast-Iron, Soil-Piping Joints: Make joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings."

1. Gasketed Joints: Make with rubber gasket matching class of pipe and fittings. 2. Hubless Joints: Make with rubber gasket and sleeve or clamp.

B. Grooved Joints: Assemble joint with keyed coupling, gasket, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling and fitting manufacturer's written instructions.

C. PVC Nonpressure Piping Joints: Join piping according to ASTM D 2665.

3.4 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valve on each sewage pump discharge.

1. Use gate or full-port ball valve for piping NPS 2 and smaller. 2. Use gate valve for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

Page 114: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 6

B. Check Valves: Install swing check valve, downstream from shutoff valve, on each sewage pump discharge.

C. Backwater Valves: Install backwater valves in piping subject to sewage backflow.

1. Horizontal Piping: Horizontal backwater valves. Use normally closed type, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Floor Drains: Drain outlet backwater valves, unless drain has integral backwater valve. 3. Install backwater valves in accessible locations.

3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Install the following:

1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: According to the following:

a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. c. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

B. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

C. Rod diameter may be reduced 1 size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch minimum rods.

D. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 60 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 60 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 60 inches with 5/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 6: 60 inches with 3/4-inch rod. 5. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 60 inches with 7/8-inch rod. 6. NPS 15: 60 inches with 1-inch rod. 7. Spacing for 10-foot lengths may be increased to 10 feet. Spacing for fittings is limited to

60 inches.

E. Install supports for vertical cast-iron soil piping every 15 feet.

F. Install hangers for steel piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/4: 84 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 1-1/2: 108 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 3. NPS 2: 10 feet with 3/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 2-1/2: 11 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 5. NPS 3: 12 feet with 1/2-inch rod. 6. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 12 feet with 5/8-inch rod. 7. NPS 6: 12 feet with 3/4-inch rod. 8. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 12 feet with 7/8-inch rod.

Page 115: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 7

G. Install supports for vertical steel piping every 15 feet.

H. Install hangers for ABS and PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: 48 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 3: 48 inches with 1/2-inch rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5: 48 inches with 5/8-inch rod. 4. NPS 6: 48 inches with 3/4-inch rod. 5. NPS 8 to NPS 12: 48 inches with 7/8-inch rod.

I. Install supports for vertical ABS and PVC piping every 48 inches.

J. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions.

3.6 CONNECTIONS

A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:

1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect drainage piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code.

2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code.

4. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve, if indicated, and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger.

D. Connect force-main piping to the following:

1. Sanitary Sewer: To exterior force main or sanitary manhole. 2. Sewage Pumps: To sewage pump discharge.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.

2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

Page 116: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 8

C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:

1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.

2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.

3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping, except outside leaders, on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.

4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.

5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained.

6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

E. Test force-main piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:

1. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced force-main piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.

2. Cap and subject piping to static-water pressure of 50 psig above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired.

3. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained.

4. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

3.8 CLEANING

A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.

Page 117: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING 22 1316 - 9

3.9 PROTECTION

A. Exposed ABS and PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water-based latex paint.

END OF SECTION

Page 118: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0000 - 1

SECTION 23 0000 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

1.1 GENERAL

A. Definitions include the following:

1. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels.

2. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. 3. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient

temperatures and weather conditions. 4. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical

contact by building occupants. 5. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather

conditions and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures.

B. Equipment selection of higher electrical characteristics, physical dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting mechanical and electrical services, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment must meet design and commissioning requirements.

1.2 PRODUCTS

A. Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for pipe and fitting materials and joining methods and for special joining materials not listed below.

1. Pipe-Flange Gasket Materials: ASME B16.21, nonmetallic, flat, asbestos-free, suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents, and 1/8-inch maximum thickness. Include full-face type for flat-face flanges, narrow-face type for raised-face flanges, and carbon-steel bolts and nuts.

B. Flexible Connectors: Fabricated from materials suitable for system fluid and that will provide flexible pipe connections. Include 125-psig minimum working-pressure rating, threaded ends for 2-inch NPS and smaller, and flanged ends for 2-1/2-inch NPS and larger.

C. Escutcheons: Manufactured wall, ceiling, and floor plates; deep-pattern type if required to conceal protruding fittings and sleeves. Include ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and OD to completely cover opening.

D. Identifying Devices and Labels: Manufacturer's standard products.

1. Equipment Nameplates: Metal nameplate with operational data engraved or stamped; permanently fastened to equipment in accessible and visible location. Include manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, operating and power characteristics, and labels of tested compliances.

Page 119: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0000 - 2

1.3 EXECUTION

A. Piping Systems - Common Requirements: Install piping as described below, unless piping Sections specify otherwise. Division 15 piping Sections specify unique installation requirements.

B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated, unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.

C. Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure.

D. Install piping in concealed locations, except in equipment rooms and service areas.

E. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls.

F. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other building elements. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal.

G. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation.

H. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other.

I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

J. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.

K. Piping Joint Construction: Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in individual piping specification Sections. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs; bevel plain ends of steel pipe; and remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. Construct threaded joints according to ASME B1.20.1; and welded joints according to AWS D10.12, "Recommended Practices and Procedures for Welding Low Carbon Steel Pipe."

1. Flanged Joints: Align flange surfaces parallel. Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for service application. Install gasket concentrically positioned. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench.

L. Piping Connections: Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated:

1. Install flanges adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of

equipment with flanged pipe connection.

M. Erection of Metal Supports and Anchorage: Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment. Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel," for welding.

Page 120: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 23 0000 - 3

N. Cutting and Patching: Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.

END OF SECTION

Page 121: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 1

SECTION 23 0593 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes testing, adjusting, and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objectives, including the following:

1. Balancing airflow and water flow within distribution systems, including submains, branches, and terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances.

2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities. 3. Measuring electrical performance of HVAC equipment. 4. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC equipment. 5. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 6. Measuring sound and vibration. 7. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section.

B. Related Sections include the following:

1. Testing and adjusting requirements unique to particular systems and equipment are included in the Sections that specify those systems and equipment.

2. Field quality-control testing to verify that workmanship quality for system and equipment installation is specified in system and equipment Sections.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper.

B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including submains, branches, and terminals, according to design quantities.

C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated.

D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield repeatable results.

E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order.

F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement. In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump.

Page 122: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 2

G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the suction side.

H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.

I. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested.

J. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves the distribution system.

K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment.

L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.

M. AABC: Associated Air Balance Council.

N. AMCA: Air Movement and Control Association.

O. CTI: Cooling Tower Institute.

P. NEBB: National Environmental Balancing Bureau.

Q. SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Quality-Assurance Submittals: Within 30 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of evidence that the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent and this Project's testing, adjusting, and balancing team members meet the qualifications specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article below.

B. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

C. Strategies and Procedures Plan: Within 60 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the testing, adjusting, and balancing strategies and step-by-step procedures as specified in Part 3 "Preparation" Article below. Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on this Project.

D. Certified Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Submit 2 copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent.

E. Sample Report Forms: Submit 2 sets of sample testing, adjusting, and balancing report forms.

F. Warranty: Submit 2 copies of special warranty specified in the "Warranty" Article below.

Page 123: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 3

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by either AABC or NEBB.

B. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting, and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following:

1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing, adjusting, and balancing reports.

2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification.

C. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from AABC's "National Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing."

D. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems."

E. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use standard forms from SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing."

F. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent's standard forms approved by the Architect.

G. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in AABC national standards.

H. Instrumentation Type, Quantity, and Accuracy: As described in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems," Section II, "Required Instrumentation for NEBB Certification."

I. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every 6 months or more frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during the entire testing, adjusting, and balancing period. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations.

B. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Substantial Completion. Cooperate with the Owner during testing, adjusting, and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner's operations.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist testing, adjusting, and balancing activities.

Page 124: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 4

B. Notice: Provide 7 days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and times.

C. Perform testing, adjusting, and balancing after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: The national project performance guarantee specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. National Project Performance Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on AABC'S "National Standards" forms stating that AABC will assist in completing the requirements of the Contract Documents if the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions:

C. Special Guarantee: Provide a guarantee on NEBB forms stating that NEBB will assist in completing the requirements of the Contract Documents if the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent fails to comply with the Contract Documents. Guarantee includes the following provisions:

1. The certified Agent has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents.

2. Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment.

1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract.

2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation.

B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment.

C. Examine project record documents described in Division 1 Section "Project Record Documents."

Page 125: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 5

D. Examine Architect's and Engineer's design data, including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls.

E. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions.

F. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed.

G. Examine system and equipment test reports.

H. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation.

I. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing.

J. Examine air-handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation.

K. Examine plenum ceilings, utilized for supply air, to verify that they are airtight. Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed.

L. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls.

M. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following:

1. Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller. 2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed

and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, and variable-air-volume terminals.

4. Automatic modulating and shutoff valves, including 2-way valves and 3-way mixing and diverting valves, are properly connected.

5. Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls.

6. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 7. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. 8. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system reactions to

changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from design values. 9. Interlocked systems are operating. 10. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values.

Page 126: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 6

N. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step-by-step procedures.

B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following:

1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 4. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 5. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 6. Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air-pattern adjustments are required and

access to balancing devices is provided. 7. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be

met.

3.3 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES

A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC national standards and this Section.

B. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in NEBB's "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and this Section.

C. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and this Section.

D. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to the insulation Specifications for this Project.

E. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper-control positions, valve indicators, fan-speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings.

3.4 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES

A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes.

B. Prepare schematic diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts.

C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements.

Page 127: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 7

D. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return- and exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.

E. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.

F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.

G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.

H. Check for airflow blockages.

I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.

J. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components.

3.5 CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES

A. The procedures in this Article apply to constant-volume supply-, return-, and exhaust-air systems. Additional procedures are required for variable-air-volume, multizone, dual-duct, induction-unit supply-air systems and process exhaust-air systems. These additional procedures are specified in other articles in this Section.

B. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by the fan manufacturer.

1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows:

a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.

b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as

possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum

that houses the fan.

2. Measure static pressure across each air-handling unit component.

a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters.

3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps, heat recovery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions.

4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions.

5. Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Architect. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes.

6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, and economizer modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower.

Page 128: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 8

C. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances.

1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.

a. Where sufficient space in submains and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone.

2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances.

D. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments.

1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors.

E. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at the air terminals.

1. Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of design quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents.

2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.

3.6 MOTORS

A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:

1. Manufacturer, model, and serial numbers. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating if high-efficiency motor. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating.

B. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass for the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations, including controller manufacturer, model and serial numbers, and nameplate data.

3.7 CONDENSING UNITS

A. Verify proper rotation of fans and measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures. Record compressor data.

Page 129: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 9

3.8 TEMPERATURE TESTING

A. During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature-control system.

B. Measure indoor wet- and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of 2 successive 8-hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove correctness of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is occupied.

C. Measure outside-air, wet- and dry-bulb temperatures.

3.9 VERIFICATION

A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned.

B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions.

C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements.

D. Verify operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low-temperature controllers).

E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators.

F. Verify sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water-flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes.

G. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers.

H. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems.

I. Verify main control supply-air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations.

J. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply.

K. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail-safe operations.

3.10 TOLERANCES

A. Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances:

1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3. Heating-Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 10 percent. 4. Cooling-Water Flow Rate: 0 to minus 5 percent.

Page 130: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 10

3.11 REPORTING

A. Initial Construction-Phase Report: Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in "Examination" Article above, prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems' balancing devices. Recommend changes and additions to systems' balancing devices to facilitate proper performance measuring and balancing. Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices.

B. Status Reports: As Work progresses, prepare reports to describe completed procedures, procedures in progress, and scheduled procedures. Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced. Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serving multiple floors.

3.12 FINAL REPORT

A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond paper, in 3-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems.

B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer.

1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.

C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the following:

1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved Shop

Drawings and Product Data.

D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable:

1. Title page. 2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Architect's name and address. 6. Engineer's name and address. 7. Contractor's name and address. 8. Report date. 9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report. 10. Summary of contents, including the following:

a. Design versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract

Documents.

Page 131: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 11

11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings. 13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values. 14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following:

a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Face and bypass damper settings at coils. e. Fan drive settings, including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. f. Inlet vane settings for variable-air-volume systems. g. Settings for supply-air, static-pressure controller. h. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.

E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air and hydronic distribution systems. Present with single-line diagrams and include the following:

1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows. 2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes. 3. Pipe and valve sizes and locations. 4. Terminal units. 5. Balancing stations.

F. Air-Handling Unit Test Reports: For air-handling units with coils, include the following:

1. Unit Data: Include the following:

a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Unit arrangement and class. g. Discharge arrangement. h. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. i. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). j. Number of belts, make, and size. k. Number of filters, type, and size.

2. Motor Data: Include the following:

a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches (mm).

3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following:

a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa). c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Filter static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa).

Page 132: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 12

f. Preheat coil static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). g. Cooling coil static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). h. Heating coil static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). i. Outside airflow in cfm (L/s). j. Return airflow in cfm (L/s). k. Outside-air damper position. l. Return-air damper position. m. Vortex damper position.

G. Gas- and Oil-Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports: In addition to the manufacturer's factory startup equipment reports, include the following:

1. Unit Data: Include the following:

a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and unit size. e. Manufacturer's serial number. f. Fuel type in input data. g. Output capacity in Btuh (kW). h. Ignition type. i. Burner-control types. j. Motor horsepower and rpm. k. Motor volts, phase, and hertz. l. Motor full-load amperage and service factor. m. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. n. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches (mm).

2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following:

a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Entering-air temperature in deg F (deg C). c. Leaving-air temperature in deg F (deg C). d. Air temperature differential in deg F (deg C). e. Entering-air static pressure in inches wg (Pa). f. Leaving-air static pressure in inches wg (Pa). g. Air static-pressure differential in inches wg (Pa). h. Low-fire fuel input in Btuh (kW). i. High-fire fuel input in Btuh (kW). j. Manifold pressure in psig (kPa). k. High-temperature-limit setting in deg F (deg C). l. Operating set point in Btuh (kW). m. Motor voltage at each connection. n. Motor amperage for each phase. o. Heating value of fuel in Btuh (kW).

H. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:

1. Fan Data: Include the following:

a. System identification. b. Location. c. Make and type. d. Model number and size. e. Manufacturer's serial number.

Page 133: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 13

f. Arrangement and class. g. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. h. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches (mm).

2. Motor Data: Include the following:

a. Make and frame type and size. b. Horsepower and rpm. c. Volts, phase, and hertz. d. Full-load amperage and service factor. e. Sheave make, size in inches (mm), and bore. f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches (mm). g. Number of belts, make, and size.

3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following:

a. Total airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Total system static pressure in inches wg (Pa). c. Fan rpm. d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Suction static pressure in inches wg (Pa).

I. Round, Flat-Oval, and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports: Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross-section and record the following:

1. Report Data: Include the following:

a. System and air-handling unit number. b. Location and zone. c. Traverse air temperature in deg F (deg C). d. Duct static pressure in inches wg (Pa). e. Duct size in inches (mm). f. Duct area in sq. ft. ( (sq. m)). g. Design airflow rate in cfm (L/s). h. Design velocity in fpm (m/s). i. Actual airflow rate in cfm (L/s). j. Actual average velocity in fpm (m/s). k. Barometric pressure in psig (Pa).

J. Air-Terminal-Device Reports: For terminal units, include the following:

1. Unit Data: Include the following:

a. System and air-handling unit identification. b. Location and zone. c. Test apparatus used. d. Area served. e. Air-terminal-device make. f. Air-terminal-device number from system diagram. g. Air-terminal-device type and model number. h. Air-terminal-device size. i. Air-terminal-device effective area in sq. ft. ( (sq. m)).

2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following:

Page 134: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 14

a. Airflow rate in cfm (L/s). b. Air velocity in fpm (m/s). c. Preliminary airflow rate as needed in cfm (L/s). d. Preliminary velocity as needed in fpm (m/s). e. Final airflow rate in cfm (L/s). f. Final velocity in fpm (m/s). g. Space temperature in deg F (deg C).

K. Compressor and Condenser Reports: For refrigerant side of unitary systems, stand-alone refrigerant compressors, air-cooled condensing units, or water-cooled condensing units, include the following:

1. Unit Data: Include the following:

a. Unit identification. b. Location. c. Unit make and model number. d. Manufacturer's compressor serial numbers. e. Compressor make. f. Compressor model and serial numbers. g. Refrigerant weight in lb. h. Low ambient temperature cutoff in deg F.

2. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following:

a. Inlet-duct static pressure in inches wg. b. Outlet-duct static pressure in inches wg. c. Entering-air, dry-bulb temperature in deg F. d. Leaving-air, dry-bulb temperature in deg F. e. Condenser entering-water temperature in deg F. f. Condenser leaving-water temperature in deg F. g. Condenser water temperature differential in deg F. h. Condenser entering-water pressure in feet of head or psig. i. Condenser leaving-water pressure in feet of head or psig. j. Condenser water pressure differential in feet of head or psig. k. Control settings. l. Unloader set points. m. Low-pressure-cutout set point in psig. n. High-pressure-cutout set point in psig. o. Suction pressure in psig. p. Suction temperature in deg F. q. Condenser refrigerant pressure in psig. r. Condenser refrigerant temperature in deg F. s. Oil pressure in psig. t. Oil temperature in deg F. u. Voltage at each connection. v. Amperage for each phase. w. The kW input. x. Crankcase heater kW. y. Number of fans. z. Condenser fan rpm. aa. Condenser fan airflow rate in cfm. bb. Condenser fan motor make, frame size, rpm, and horsepower. cc. Condenser fan motor voltage at each connection. dd. Condenser fan motor amperage for each phase.

Page 135: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING for HVAC 23 0593 - 15

L. Instrument Calibration Reports: For instrument calibration, include the following:

1. Report Data: Include the following:

a. Instrument type and make. b. Serial number. c. Application. d. Dates of use. e. Dates of calibration.

3.13 ADDITIONAL TESTS

A. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional inspections, testing, and adjusting during near-peak summer and winter conditions.

END OF SECTION

Page 136: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 1123 - 1

SECTION 23 1123 – FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes fuel gas piping, specialties, and accessories within the building.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Pressure regulators. Include pressure rating, capacity, and settings of selected models.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. ANSI Standard: Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "National Fuel Gas Code."

B. FM Standard: Provide components listed in FM's "Fire Protection Approval Guide" if specified to be FM approved.

C. IAS Standard: Provide components listed in IAS's "Directory of A. G. A. and C. G. A Certified Appliances and Accessories" if specified to be IAS listed.

D. UL Standard: Provide components listed in UL's "Gas and Oil Equipment Directory" if specified to be UL listed.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Existing Utilities: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Architect not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's written permission.

Page 137: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 1123 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PIPES, TUBES, FITTINGS, AND JOINING MATERIALS

A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53; Type E or S; Grade B; Schedule 40; black.

1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.

2. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.

3. Cast-Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125. 4. Steel Welding Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel or ASME B16.11, forged steel. 5. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.11, forged steel with threaded ends according to

ASME B1.20.1. 6. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. 7. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5. 8. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for natural gas.

2.2 PROTECTIVE COATING

A. Furnish pipe and fittings with factory-applied, corrosion-resistant polyethylene coating for use in corrosive atmosphere.

2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy.

B. Quick-Disconnect Devices: ANSI Z21.41, convenience outlets and matching plug connector.

2.4 SPECIALTY VALVES

A. Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe threads.

B. Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel flanges and according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges.

C. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z21.15 and IAS listed.

D. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head, ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-psig minimum pressure rating.

E. Gas Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: ASME B16.33 and IAS-listed bronze body and 125-psig pressure rating.

1. Tamperproof Feature: Include design for locking.

F. Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: ASME B16.38 and MSS SP-78 cast-iron, lubricated plug valves, with 125-psig pressure rating.

Page 138: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 1123 - 3

1. Tamperproof Feature: Include design for locking.

G. General-Duty Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: ASME B16.38, cast-iron body, suitable for fuel gas service, with "WOG" indicated on valve body, and 125-psig pressure rating.

1. Gate Valves: MSS SP-70, OS&Y type with solid wedge. 2. Butterfly Valves: MSS SP-67, lug type with lever handle.

H. Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21, with electrical operator for actuation by appliance automatic shutoff device.

I. Electrically Operated Gas Valves: UL 429, bronze, aluminum, or cast-iron body solenoid valve; 120-V ac, 60 Hz, Class B, continuous-duty molded coil. Include NEMA ISC 6, Type 4, coil enclosure and electrically opened and closed dual coils. Valve position shall normally be closed.

2.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS

A. Description: Single stage and suitable for fuel gas service. Include steel jacket and corrosion-resistant components, elevation compensator, and atmospheric vent.

1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe threads. 2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel flanges and

according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges. 3. Service Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.80. Include 100-psig minimum inlet pressure

rating.

B. Pressure Regulator Vents: Factory- or field-installed, corrosion-resistant screen in opening if not connected to vent piping.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of piping. Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section.

B. Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "Prevention of Accidental Ignition" Paragraph.

3.2 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING

A. Extend fuel gas piping and connect to fuel gas distribution for service entrance to building.

1. Exterior fuel gas distribution system piping, service pressure regulator, and service meter will be provided by gas utility.

B. Install dielectric fitting downstream from and adjacent to each service meter unless meter is supported from service-meter bar with integral dielectric fitting. Install shutoff valve downstream from and adjacent to dielectric fitting. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" for dielectric fittings.

Page 139: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 1123 - 4

3.3 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings with pressure ratings same as or higher than system pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Fuel Gas Piping: Use the following:

1. NPS 1/2 and Smaller: Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. 2. NPS 3/4 and NPS 1: Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. 3. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2: Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. 4. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. 5. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. 6. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. 7. Larger Than NPS 4: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.

C. Underground Fuel Gas Piping: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints. Encase in containment conduit.

D. Containment Conduits: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.

E. Gas Service Piping at Meters and Regulators, Above 5 psig: Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.

3.4 VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop.

B. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 2 psig: Gas stop or gas valve.

C. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 2 to 5 psig: Gas valve.

D. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.

E. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Plug valve or general-duty valve.

F. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve.

G. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Plug valve.

3.5 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in airtight conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded joints. Vent conduit to outside and terminate with screened vent cap.

1. Above-Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such spaces are used as plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings.

2. In Floors: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in "Protective Coating" Article in Part 2 may be installed in floors, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction. Surround piping cast in concrete slabs with minimum of 1-1/2 inches of concrete. Piping may not be in physical contact with other metallic structures such as

Page 140: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 1123 - 5

reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors. Do not embed piping in concrete slabs containing quick-set additives or cinder aggregate.

3. In Floor Channels: Gas piping may be installed in floor channels, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction. Channels must have cover and be open to space above cover for ventilation.

4. In Partitions: Do not install concealed piping in solid partitions. Protect tubing from physical damage when installed inside partitions or hollow walls.

a. Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls.

5. In Walls: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in "Protective Coating" Article in Part 2 may be installed in masonry walls, subject to approval of authorities having jurisdiction.

6. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts, clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or dumbwaiter or elevator shafts.

a. Exception: Accessible above-ceiling space specified above.

B. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing.

1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long, and same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap.

C. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels, unless indicated to be exposed to view.

D. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers.

E. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down.

F. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.

G. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices.

H. Install corrugated, stainless-steel tubing system according to manufacturer's written instructions. Include striker plates to protect tubing from puncture where tubing is restrained and cannot move.

I. Install strainer on inlet of each line pressure regulator and automatic and electrically operated valve.

J. Install pressure gage upstream and downstream from each line pressure regulator.

K. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger connections.

L. Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside building, and vent to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosion-resistant insect screens in large end.

Page 141: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 1123 - 6

M. Install containment conduits for gas piping below slabs, within building, in gastight conduits extending minimum of 4 inches outside building, and vented to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosion-resistant insect screens in large end. Prepare and paint outside of conduits with coal-tar, epoxy-polyamide paint according to SSPC-Paint 16.

3.6 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes:

1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 1/2 inch. 5. NPS 4 and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch.

3.7 CONNECTIONS

A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of fuel gas piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance.

C. Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream from valve.

D. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance using gas.

E. Ground equipment.

1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

2. Do not use gas pipe as grounding electrode.

3.8 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING

A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic-laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each service meter, pressure regulator, and specialty valve.

1. Text: In addition to name of identified unit, distinguish between multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations.

3.9 PAINTING

A. Paint exterior service meters, pressure regulators, and specialty valves.

1. Color: Gray.

Page 142: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 1123 - 7

3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect, test, and purge piping according to ANSI Z223.1, Part 4 "Inspection, Testing, and Purging," and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are obtained.

C. Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Verify capacities and pressure ratings of service meters, pressure regulators, valves, and specialties.

E. Verify correct pressure settings for pressure regulators.

F. Verify that specified piping tests are complete.

3.11 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and safety devices.

END OF SECTION

Page 143: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 1

SECTION 23 3113 - METAL DUCTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes rectangular, round, and flat-oval metal ducts and plenums for heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning systems in pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 10-inch wg.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Thermal Conductivity and Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): As defined in ASTM C 168. In this Section, these values are the result of the formula Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or W/m x K at the temperature differences specified. Values are expressed as Btu or W.

1. Example: Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 or 0.037.

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select and size air-moving and -distribution equipment and other components of air system. Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Architect. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total pressure.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For duct liner and sealing materials.

B. Record Drawings: Indicate actual routing, fitting details, reinforcement, support, and installed accessories and devices.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Welding Standards: Qualify welding procedures and welding personnel to perform welding processes for this Project according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel," for hangers and supports; AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum," for aluminum supporting members; and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct joint and seam welding.

B. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," unless otherwise indicated.

Page 144: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 2

C. Comply with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems," unless otherwise indicated.

D. Comply with NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations," Chapter 3, "Duct System," for range hood ducts, unless otherwise indicated.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver sealant and firestopping materials to site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials.

B. Store and handle sealant and firestopping materials according to manufacturer's written recommendations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS

A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view.

B. PVC-Coated Galvanized Steel: UL 181, Class 1 listing. Lock-forming-quality, galvanized, sheet steel with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G90 coating designation; factory-applied, 4-mil PVC coating on exposed surfaces of ducts and fittings (exterior of ducts and fittings for underground applications and interior of ducts and fittings for fume-handling applications) and with factory-applied, 2-mil PVC coating on reverse side of ducts and fittings.

C. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366/A 366M, cold-rolled sheets; commercial quality; with oiled, exposed matte finish.

D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel ducts.

E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.

2.2 DUCT LINER

A. General: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and NAIMA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."

B. Materials: ASTM C 1071 with coated surface exposed to airstream to prevent erosion of glass fibers.

1. Thickness: 1 inch. 2. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75 deg F mean temperature. 3. Fire-Hazard Classification: Maximum flame-spread rating of 25 and smoke-developed

rating of 50, when tested according to ASTM C 411. 4. Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and ASTM C 916.

Page 145: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 3

5. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment, mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in duct.

a. Tensile Strength: Indefinitely sustain a 50-lb tensile, dead-load test perpendicular to duct wall.

b. Fastener Pin Length: As required for thickness of insulation and without projecting more than 1/8 inch into airstream.

c. Adhesive for Attaching Mechanical Fasteners: Comply with fire-hazard classification of duct liner system.

2.3 SEALANT MATERIALS

A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric strips and mastics.

1. Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; glass-fiber fabric reinforced. 2. Tape Sealing System: Woven-fiber tape impregnated with a gypsum mineral compound

and a modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form a hard, durable, airtight seal.

3. Joint and Seam Sealant: One-part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butyl sealant, formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids.

4. Flanged Joint Mastics: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealants, complying with ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.

2.4 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for building materials.

1. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick.

2. Exception: Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.

B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round, threaded steel rod.

1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rod or galvanized rods with threads painted after installation.

2. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters.

C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials.

D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.

1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates. 2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel support materials. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum support materials, unless materials are

electrolytically separated from ductwork.

Page 146: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 4

2.5 RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." Comply with requirements for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and intervals.

1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for pressure classification.

2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, and discolorations.

B. Fabricate range hood exhaust ducts with 0.0598-inch thick, carbon-steel sheet for concealed ducts and 0.0500-inch thick stainless steel for exposed ducts. Weld and flange seams and joints. Comply with NFPA 96.

C. Fabricate dishwasher hood exhaust ducts with 0.0500-inch thick stainless steel. Weld and flange seams and joints.

D. Acid-Resistant Ducts: PVC-coated galvanized steel.

E. Static-Pressure Classifications: Unless otherwise indicated, construct ducts to the following:

1. Supply Ducts: 3-inch wg. 2. Return Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure. 3. Exhaust Ducts: 2-inch wg, negative pressure.

F. Cross Breaking or Cross Beading: Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches and larger and 0.0359 inch thick or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of unbraced panel area, unless ducts are lined.

2.6 SHOP APPLICATION OF LINER IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS

A. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with 90 percent coverage of adhesive at liner contact surface area. Multiple layers of insulation to achieve indicated thickness are prohibited.

B. Apply adhesive to liner facing in direction of airflow not receiving metal nosing.

C. Butt transverse joints without gaps and coat joint with adhesive.

D. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted-edge overlapping.

E. Do not apply liners in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts, unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints necessary.

F. Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm.

G. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not exceeding 12 inches transversely around perimeter; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally.

Page 147: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 5

H. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or "Z" profile or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge facings at the following locations:

1. Fan discharge. 2. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct. 3. Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts.

I. Terminate liner with duct buildouts installed in ducts to attach dampers, turning vane assemblies, and other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct wall with bolts, screws, rivets, or welds. Terminate liner at fire dampers at connection to fire-damper sleeve.

2.7 ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL DUCT FABRICATION

A. General: Diameter as applied to flat-oval ducts in this Article is the diameter of the size of round duct that has a circumference equal to perimeter of a given size of flat-oval duct.

B. Round Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

C. Flat-Oval Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts with standard spiral lock seams or with butt-welded longitudinal seams according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

D. Double-Wall (Insulated) Ducts: Fabricate double-wall (insulated) ducts with an outer shell and an inner liner. Dimensions indicated on internally insulated ducts are inside dimensions.

1. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75 deg F mean temperature. 2. Outer Shell: Base outer-shell metal thickness on actual outer-shell dimensions.

Fabricate outer-shell lengths 2 inches longer than inner shell and insulation, and in metal thickness specified for single-wall duct.

3. Insulation: 1-inch thick fibrous-glass insulation, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate insulation where internally insulated duct connects to single-wall duct or uninsulated components. Terminate insulation and reduce outer duct diameter to inner liner diameter.

4. Solid Inner Liner: Fabricate round and flat-oval inner liners with solid sheet metal of thickness listed below:

5. Perforated Inner Liner: Fabricate round and flat-oval inner liners with sheet metal having 3/32-inch diameter perforations, with an overall open area of 23 percent. Use the following sheet metal thicknesses and seam construction:

a. Ducts 3 to 8 Inches in Diameter: 0.019 inch with standard spiral seam construction.

b. Ducts 9 to 42 Inches in Diameter: 0.019 inch with single-rib spiral seam construction.

c. Ducts 44 to 60 Inches in Diameter: 0.022 inch with single-rib spiral seam construction.

d. Ducts 62 to 88 Inches in Diameter: 0.034 inch with standard spiral seam construction.

6. Maintain concentricity of liner to outer shell by mechanical means. Retain insulation from dislocation by mechanical means.

Page 148: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 6

2.8 ROUND AND FLAT-OVAL SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FITTING FABRICATION

A. 90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal seam straight duct.

B. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no excess material projecting from body onto branch tap entrance.

C. Elbows: Fabricate in die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Fabricate bend radius of die-formed, gored, and pleated elbows one and one-half times elbow diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated, fabricate elbows as follows:

1. Mitered-Elbow Radius and Number of Pieces: Welded construction complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless otherwise indicated.

2. Round Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with the following metal thickness for pressure classes from minus 2- to plus 2-inch wg:

a. Ducts 3 to 26 Inches in Diameter: 0.028 inch. b. Ducts 27 to 36 Inches in Diameter: 0.034 inch. c. Ducts 37 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 0.040 inch. d. Ducts 52 to 60 Inches in Diameter: 0.052 inch. e. Ducts 62 to 84 Inches in Diameter: 0.064 inch.

3. Round Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with the following metal thickness for pressure classes from 2- to 10-inch wg:

a. Ducts 3 to 14 Inches in Diameter: 0.028 inch. b. Ducts 15 to 26 Inches in Diameter: 0.034 inch. c. Ducts 27 to 50 Inches in Diameter: 0.040 inch. d. Ducts 52 to 60 Inches in Diameter: 0.052 inch. e. Ducts 62 to 84 Inches in Diameter: 0.064 inch.

4. Flat-Oval Mitered Elbows: Welded construction with same metal thickness as longitudinal seam flat-oval duct.

5. 90-Degree, Two-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems, or exhaust systems for material-handling classes A and B; and only where space restrictions do not permit using 1.5 bend radius elbows. Fabricate with single-thickness turning vanes.

6. Round Elbows, 8 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate die-formed elbows for 45- and 90-degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction.

7. Round Elbows, 9 through 14 Inches: Fabricate gored or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees, unless space restrictions require a mitered elbow. Fabricate nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction.

8. Round Elbows, Larger Than 14 Inches, and All Flat-Oval Elbows: Fabricate gored elbows, unless space restrictions require a mitered elbow.

9. Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes through 8 Inches and All Pressures: 0.040 inch thick with two-piece welded construction.

10. Round Gored-Elbow Metal Thickness: Same as non-elbow fittings specified above. 11. Flat-Oval Elbow Metal Thickness: Same as longitudinal seam flat-oval duct specified

above.

Page 149: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 7

12. Pleated Elbows for Sizes through 14 Inches and Pressures through 10-Inch wg: 0.022 inch.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories.

B. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indicated.

C. Install round and flat-oval ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet, unless interrupted by fittings.

D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.

E. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and connections.

F. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct.

G. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.

H. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building.

I. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.

J. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, unless specifically indicated.

K. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting layouts, and similar finished work.

L. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.

M. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as duct. Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.

N. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire damper, sleeve, and firestopping sealant. Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 7 Section "Firestopping."

3.2 RANGE HOOD EXHAUST DUCT INSTALLATIONS

A. Install ducts to allow for thermal expansion of ductwork through 2000 deg F temperature range.

Page 150: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 8

B. Install ducts without dips or traps that may collect residues, unless traps have continuous or automatic residue removal.

C. Install access openings at each change in direction and at 50-foot intervals; locate on sides of duct a minimum of 1-1/2 inches from bottom; and fit with grease-tight covers of same material as duct.

D. Do not penetrate fire-rated assemblies.

3.3 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING

A. General: Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct pressure class indicated and as described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

B. Pressure Classification Less Than 2-Inch wg: Transverse joints.

C. Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation.

3.4 HANGING AND SUPPORTING

A. Install rigid round, rectangular, and flat-oval metal duct with support systems indicated in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

B. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.

C. Support vertical ducts at a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor.

D. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth of failure (proof-test) load.

E. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete.

F. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.

3.5 CONNECTIONS

A. Connect equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories."

B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems as required to accommodate leakage testing and as required for compliance with test requirements.

B. Conduct tests, in presence of Architect, at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested. If pressure classifications are not indicated, test entire

Page 151: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING NMSU-Student Union Kitchen Renovation

METAL DUCTS 23 3113 - 9

system at maximum system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure. Give seven days' advance notice for testing.

C. Determine leakage from entire system or section of system by relating leakage to surface area of test section.

D. Maximum Allowable Leakage: Comply with requirements for Leakage Classification 3 for round and flat-oval ducts, Leakage Classification 12 for rectangular ducts in pressure classifications less than and equal to 2-inch wg (both positive and negative pressures), and Leakage Classification 6 for pressure classifications from 2- to 10-inch wg.

E. Remake leaking joints and retest until leakage is less than maximum allowable.

F. Leakage Test: Perform tests according to SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual."

3.7 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust volume-control dampers in ducts, outlets, and inlets to achieve design airflow.

B. Refer to Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for detailed procedures.

3.8 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect the system. Vacuum ducts before final acceptance to remove dust and debris.

END OF SECTION

Page 152: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SUMMARY OF WORK 26 5100-1

SECTION 26 5100 - SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Conduit

C. Wire and Cable

D. Boxes

E. Wiring Devices

F. Enclosures

G. Grounding and Bonding

H. Light Fixtures

1.2 REFERENCES

A. General

1. ANSI/NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.

2. ANSI C2 - National Electrical Safety Code.

3. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)

B. Conduit

1. ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated.

2. ANSI C80.3 - Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc Coated.

3. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and

Cable Assemblies.

4. FS WW-C-566 - Specification for flexible metal conduit.

5. NECA "Standard of Installation".

C. Wire and Cable

1. NEMA WC 5 - Thermoplastic-insulated wire and cable for the transmission and

distribution of electrical energy.

2. ICEA S-80-576 - Standard for Telecommunications Wire and Cable for Wiring

Premises.

D. Boxes

1. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit and

Cable Assemblies.

2. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box

Supports.

G. Wiring Devices

1. FS W-C-596 - Electrical Power Connector, Plug, Receptacle, and Cable Outlet.

2. FS W-S-896E - Switch, Toggle.

3. NEMA WD 1 - General-purpose Wiring Devices.

4. NEMA WD 6 - Wiring Device Configurations.

5. REA PE-76 - Modular Telephone Set Hardware.

H. Enclosures

1. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.

I. Disconnect Switches

1. ANSI/UL 198E - Class R Fuses.

2. FS W-F-870 - Fuseholders

3. FS W-S-865 - Switch, Box, Surface-Mounted.

4. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed Switches.

I. Panelboards

1. FS W-C-375 - Circuit Breakers, Molded Case, Branch Circuit and Service.

2. FS W-P-115 - Power Distribution Panel.

3. NEMA AB 1 - Molded Case Circuit Breakers.

4. NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards.

5. NEMA PB 1.1 - Instructions for Safe Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of

Page 153: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SUMMARY OF WORK

26 5100 - 2

Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or less.

J. Motor Control Equipment

1. NEMA ICS 2 - Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and Assemblies.

2. NEMA ICS 6 - Enclosures for Industrial Controls and Systems.

K. Light Fixtures

1. ANSI C82.1 - Specification for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts.

2. NEMA LE 2 - H-I-D Lighting System Noise Criterion (LS-NC) Ratings.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit in accordance with the contract requirements.

B. Provide technical data for the following items. Data shall substantiate compliance with the

requirements of the Specifications and Drawings and shall include, but not be limited to,

ratings, material type, construction, listings and/or certifications, and color. Catalog data or

"cut-sheets" which contain information on several products/items should be marked to

clearly indicate the specific product or material proposed for this project.

1. Light fixtures.

1.4 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to applicable Building Code for the City of Alamogordo and the State of New

Mexico..

B. Conform to ANSI/NFPA 70.

C. Obtain permits and request inspections from authority having jurisdiction.

D. Conform to applicable UL requirements for each product indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONDUIT

A. Metal Conduit (RGS) and Fittings

1. Type: ANSI C80.1, rigid galvanized steel conduit.

2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1, threaded type, steel or malleable

steel.

3. Grounding Bushings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1, insulated lay-in grounding type, steel or

malleable iron.

4. Listing: UL listed.

B. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) and Fittings

1. Type: ANSI C80.3, galvanized tubing.

2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1, compression type, steel or malleable

steel.

3. Grounding Bushings: ANSI/NEMA FB 1, insulated lay-in grounding type, steel or

malleable iron.

4. Listing: UL listed.

C. Flexible Conduit and Fittings

1. Conduit: FS WW-C-566, flexible steel.

2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1, steel or malleable iron.

3. Listing: UL listed.

D. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit and Fittings

1. Conduit: FS WW-C-566, flexible steel with PVC jacket.

2. Fittings and Conduit Bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1, steel or malleable iron.

3. Listing: UL listed.

E. Conduit Clamps, Straps, and Supports: Steel or malleable iron.

Page 154: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SUMMARY OF WORK 26 5100-3

2.2 WIRE AND CABLE

A. Building Wire and Cable

1. Description: Single conductor insulated wire.

2. Conductor: Copper.

3. Insulation:

a. Voltage Rating: 600 volt.

b. Type: NEMA WC 5, Type THHN/THWN.

c. Color:

(1) #10 AWG and Smaller: Solid color compound throughout conductor length.

(2) #8 AWG and Larger: 3M Scotch "35 Vinyl Plastic" electrical color coding

tape, 3/4" wide, extended a minimum of 2 inches along conductor

insulation.

d. Size:

(1) Power and Lighting Circuits: #12 AWG, minimum.

(2) Control: #14 AWG, minimum, unless otherwise noted.

e. Listing: UL listed.

2.4 BOXES

A. Sheet Metal Boxes: ANSI/NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel; rated for weight of equipment

supported; include 1/2 inch male fixture studs where required; grounding terminal.

B. Cast Boxes: ANSI/NEMA FB 1, Type "FD" cast feralloy, threaded hubs, grounding terminal,

gasketed cover.

2.5 WIRING DEVICES

A. Wall Switches

1. Type: NEMA WD 1, FS W-S-896E, specification grade toggle switch; Color to match

existing.

2. Rating: 20 Amperes at 120-277 Volts AC.

B. Receptacles

1. Type: NEMA WD 1, FS W-C-596, specification grade self-grounding receptacle with

grounding terminal on body; Color to match existing.

2. Configuration: NEMA WD 6, Type 5-20R, 20 amp.

C. Device Cover Plates

1. Dry Interior Locations, stainless steel.

2.6 ENCLOSURES

A. NEMA Type 1 Hinged Cover Enclosure

1. Construction: NEMA 250, Type 1, steel, minimum 16 gauge.

2. Finish: Polyester powder coating over phosphatized surface.

3. Cover: Door with continuous steel hinge, held closed by flush latch operable with

screwdriver.

2.7 GROUNDING AND BONDING

A. Raceway Conductor

1. Description:

a. #10 AWG and Smaller: Single conductor insulated wire solid.

b. #8 AWG and Larger: Single conductor bare wire; stranded.

2. Conductor: Copper.

3. #10 AWG and Smaller Conductor Insulation:

Page 155: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SUMMARY OF WORK

26 5100 - 4

a. Voltage Rating: 600 volt.

b. Type: NEMA WC 5, Type THHN/THWN.

c. Color: Green solid color compound throughout conductor length.

d. Listing: UL listed.

2.8 LIGHT FIXTURES

A. Light Fixtures: As scheduled on Drawings.

.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Perform Work in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 70.

B. Install equipment and products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

3.2 CONDUIT

A. Schedule

1. Above Grade Conduit Installations:

a. Dry Interior Locations:

(1) Size: Home runs ¾” minimum, switched legs 1/2 inch minimum.

(2) Type:

(a) 1/2 inch through 2 inch: Electrical metallic tubing (EMT).

(b) Larger than 2 inch: Metal conduit (RGS).

(3) Exterior or Wet Interior Locations:

(a) Size: 1/2 inch minimum.

(b) Type: Metal conduit (RGS).

2. Flexible Metal Conduit: Use for connection to recessed and pendant mounted light

fixtures. Restrict maximum length to 72 inches.

3. Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Use for connection to dry-type transformers,

mechanical equipment, instruments, and devices which produce vibration. Restrict

maximum length to 24 inches.

B. Installation

1. General

a. Install conduit in accordance with NECA "Standard of Installation."

b. Install no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between conduit

terminations for 1/2 inch through 1 inch conduit size, three bends for 1-1/4 inch

through 2 inch conduit, and two bends for conduit 2-1/2 inch and larger. Provide

pull boxes, if necessary to meet these requirements.

c. Maintain minimum 6 inch clearance between conduit and piping.

d. Maintain minimum 12 inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with

temperature exceeding 104 degrees F (40 degrees C).

e. Support conduit at a maximum of 4 feet on center and within one foot of elbow,

bend, change of direction, and box.

f. Use grounding bushings on metallic conduit terminations.

g. Use conduit hubs to fasten metal conduit (RGS) to sheet metal enclosures.

h. Install fittings to accommodate expansion where conduit crosses building control

and expansion joints.

i. Use suitable conduit caps to protect installed conduit against entrance of dirt and

moisture.

j. Provide pull string in each empty conduit.

Page 156: Alamogordo Campus Student Union Kitchen Renovationfacilities.nmsu.edu/wp-content/uploads/sites/57/2016/07/... · 2016-07-11 · DIVISION 1 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS NMSU- Student Union

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL NMSU- Student Union Kitchen Renovation

SUMMARY OF WORK 26 5100-5

2. Above Grade Conduit

a. Route conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls.

b. Route conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance.

c. Route conduit through roof using flashing and sealants.

3.3 BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT

A. Run wiring for receptacle and lighting circuits in conduit sized in accordance with the

National Electrical Code, unless otherwise indicated.

3.4 WIRE AND CABLE

A. Run wiring in raceways, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.

B. Pull all conductors into raceway at same time.

C. Use suitable wiring pulling lubricant for building wire #4 AWG and larger.

D. Install pull string in empty conduits.

3.5 BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING

A. Provide number of phase and neutral conductors required to implement circuiting shown on

Drawings, unless otherwise noted.

B. Size neutral conductor same size as phase conductors, unless otherwise noted.

C. Provide a separate equipment ground conductor in each raceway. Size equipment ground

conductor same size as phase conductors, unless otherwise noted.

D. Place an equal number of conductors for each phase of a circuit in same raceway.

E. Two or three branch circuits of different phases may not share a common neutral, except as

otherwise indicated.

F. Use #12 AWG conductor for 20 Amp branch circuits which have not been identified on the

Drawings.

3.7 BOXES

A. Schedule:

1. Interior Dry Locations: Sheet Metal Boxes.

2. Exterior of Wet Interior Locations: Cast Boxes.

3.8 WIRING DEVICES

A. Install wall switches 4'-0" inches above finished floor to bottom of box, "OFF" position down,

unless otherwise noted.

B. Install receptacles 1'-6" inches above finished floor to bottom of box, grounding pole on top,

unless otherwise noted.

C. Install telephone/data outlets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install

telephone jack at the bottom of outlet and data jack at the top of outlet.

3.9 GROUNDING AND BONDING

A. Provide separate insulated ground conductor in each raceway.

END OF SECTION 16005